TWI795819B - semiconductor memory, non-volatile memory - Google Patents
semiconductor memory, non-volatile memory Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TWI795819B TWI795819B TW110123125A TW110123125A TWI795819B TW I795819 B TWI795819 B TW I795819B TW 110123125 A TW110123125 A TW 110123125A TW 110123125 A TW110123125 A TW 110123125A TW I795819 B TWI795819 B TW I795819B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- data
- page
- memory
- latch circuit
- status
- Prior art date
Links
- 230000015654 memory Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 625
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 142
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 257
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 90
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 77
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 72
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 59
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 53
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 36
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 30
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 28
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 26
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 19
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 16
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 15
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000012795 verification Methods 0.000 description 14
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 9
- 101100407152 Arabidopsis thaliana PBL7 gene Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000012792 core layer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 description 4
- NRTOMJZYCJJWKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium nitride Chemical compound [Ti]#N NRTOMJZYCJJWKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910002056 binary alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000010365 information processing Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910004298 SiO 2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005229 chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000013479 data entry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011229 interlayer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003475 lamination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007769 metal material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 101100481702 Arabidopsis thaliana TMK1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052581 Si3N4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001174 ascending effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000013523 data management Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007599 discharging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007667 floating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910021420 polycrystalline silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920005591 polysilicon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002250 progressing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon nitride Chemical compound N12[Si]34N5[Si]62N3[Si]51N64 HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 1
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Landscapes
- Read Only Memory (AREA)
- Non-Volatile Memory (AREA)
- Semiconductor Memories (AREA)
- Metal-Oxide And Bipolar Metal-Oxide Semiconductor Integrated Circuits (AREA)
Abstract
本發明之一實施形態可提供一種能夠抑制晶片面積的增加的半導體記憶體、非揮發性記憶體。 若根據一實施形態,則半導體記憶體(100)係包含: 記憶體群組MG,其係含有可在3個以上的複數狀態保持複數位元的資料之複數的記憶格MC; 字元線WL,其係被連接至複數的記憶格;及 第1電路(121),其係將從外部控制器(200)接收的1個的外部位址變換成複數的內部位址。 記憶體群組所能保持的頁資料的第1頁大小,係比對應於外部位址的輸入資料的第2頁大小更小。 An embodiment of the present invention can provide a semiconductor memory and a nonvolatile memory capable of suppressing an increase in chip area. According to an embodiment, the semiconductor memory (100) includes: Memory group MG, which is a plurality of memory cells MC containing data that can hold multiple bits in more than three multiple states; a word line WL connected to a plurality of cells; and The first circuit (121) converts one external address received from the external controller (200) into plural internal addresses. The first page size of the page data that the memory group can hold is smaller than the second page size of the input data corresponding to the external address.
Description
本發明的實施形態是有關半導體記憶體,非揮發性記憶體。 Embodiments of the present invention relate to semiconductor memory and non-volatile memory.
本案享有以日本專利申請案2020-192523號(申請日:2020年11月19日)及日本專利申請案2020-214800號(申請日:2020年12月24日)作為基礎申請案的優先權。本案是藉由參照此基礎申請案而包含基礎申請案的全部的內容。 This case enjoys the priority of Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-192523 (filing date: November 19, 2020) and Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-214800 (filing date: December 24, 2020) as the basic applications. This application includes the entire contents of the basic application by referring to this basic application.
作為被搭載於記憶體系統的記憶體晶片,有使用NAND型快閃記憶體的半導體記憶體,非揮發性記憶體為人所知。 As a memory chip mounted in a memory system, there is a semiconductor memory using a NAND flash memory, and a non-volatile memory is known.
本發明之一實施形態是可提供一種可抑制晶片面積的增加的半導體記憶體,非揮發性記憶體。 One embodiment of the present invention is to provide a semiconductor memory and a non-volatile memory which can suppress the increase of the chip area.
一實施形態的半導體記憶體,係包含: 記憶體群組,其係含有可在3個以上的複數狀態保持複數位元的資料之複數的記憶格;字元線,其係被連接至複數的記憶格;及第1電路,其係將從外部控制器接收的1個的外部位址變換成複數的內部位址。 A semiconductor memory of an embodiment comprises: a memory bank comprising a plurality of cells capable of holding data of a plurality of bits in more than three states; a word line connected to the plurality of cells; and a first circuit which will One external address received from the external controller is converted into plural internal addresses.
記憶體群組所能保持的頁資料的第1頁大小,係比對應於外部位址的輸入資料的第2頁大小更小。 The first page size of the page data that the memory group can hold is smaller than the second page size of the input data corresponding to the external address.
1:記憶體系統 1: Memory system
2:主裝置 2: Main device
30:半導體基板 30: Semiconductor substrate
32,33,41,53,55:配線層 32,33,41,53,55: wiring layer
34:區塊絕緣膜 34: block insulating film
35:電荷蓄積層 35: charge storage layer
36:隧道絕緣膜 36: Tunnel insulating film
37:半導體層 37: Semiconductor layer
38:核心層 38: core layer
39:蓋層 39: cover layer
40,51,54,56,57:接觸插塞 40,51,54,56,57: contact plug
52:閘極電極 52: Gate electrode
100:NAND型快閃記憶體 100: NAND flash memory
110:輸出入電路 110: I/O circuit
120:控制部 120: control department
121:指令使用者介面電路 121: command user interface circuit
122:振盪器 122: Oscillator
123:定序器 123: Sequencer
124:電壓產生電路 124: Voltage generating circuit
125:列計數器 125: column counter
126:串列存取控制器 126: Serial access controller
130:記憶格陣列 130: memory cell array
131:行解碼器 131: row decoder
132:感測放大器 132: Sense amplifier
133:頁緩衝器 133: page buffer
200:記憶體控制器 200: memory controller
210:主介面電路 210: main interface circuit
220:RAM 220: RAM
230:處理器 230: Processor
240:緩衝記憶體 240: buffer memory
250:記憶體介面電路 250: memory interface circuit
260:ECC電路 260: ECC circuit
[圖1]是包含第1實施形態的半導體記憶體的記憶體系統的方塊圖。 [ Fig. 1 ] is a block diagram of a memory system including a semiconductor memory according to a first embodiment.
[圖2]是第1實施形態的半導體記憶體的方塊圖。 [ Fig. 2 ] is a block diagram of the semiconductor memory of the first embodiment.
[圖3]是第1實施形態的半導體記憶體中所含的記憶格陣列的電路圖。 [ Fig. 3 ] is a circuit diagram of a cell array included in the semiconductor memory according to the first embodiment.
[圖4]是第1實施形態的半導體記憶體中所含的記憶格陣列的剖面圖。 [ Fig. 4 ] is a cross-sectional view of a cell array included in the semiconductor memory according to the first embodiment.
[圖5]是第1實施形態的半導體記憶體中所含的感測放大器及頁緩衝器的方塊圖。 [ Fig. 5 ] is a block diagram of a sense amplifier and a page buffer included in the semiconductor memory according to the first embodiment.
[圖6]是第1實施形態的半導體記憶體的立體圖。 [FIG. 6] It is a perspective view of the semiconductor memory of 1st Embodiment.
[圖7]是第1實施形態的半導體記憶體的記憶格電晶體的臨界值電壓分佈與資料的分配的關係的圖。 [ Fig. 7] Fig. 7 is a diagram showing the relationship between threshold voltage distribution of cell transistors of the semiconductor memory and distribution of data in the first embodiment.
[圖8]是說明第1實施形態的半導體記憶體的邏輯頁位址與物理頁位址的變換動作的流程的圖。 [ Fig. 8] Fig. 8 is a diagram illustrating a flow of conversion operation between a logical page address and a physical page address in the semiconductor memory according to the first embodiment.
[圖9]是表示邏輯頁資料對於第1實施形態的半導體記憶體的物理頁的分配的圖。 [ Fig. 9 ] is a diagram showing allocation of logical page data to physical pages of the semiconductor memory according to the first embodiment.
[圖10]是第1實施形態的半導體記憶體的讀出動作的流程圖。 [ Fig. 10 ] is a flowchart of the read operation of the semiconductor memory according to the first embodiment.
[圖11]是第1實施形態的半導體記憶體的讀出動作的流程圖。 [ Fig. 11 ] is a flow chart of the read operation of the semiconductor memory according to the first embodiment.
[圖12]是在第1實施形態的半導體記憶體中,表示邏輯第1頁的讀出動作的選擇字元線的電壓的時間圖。 [ Fig. 12] Fig. 12 is a timing chart showing the voltage of the selected word line in the read operation of the logical first page in the semiconductor memory device according to the first embodiment.
[圖13]是表示在第1實施形態的半導體記憶體中,邏輯第2頁的讀出動作的選擇字元線的電壓的時間圖。
[ Fig. 13] Fig. 13 is a time chart showing the voltage of the selected word line in the read operation of the
[圖14]是第1實施形態的半導體記憶體的邏輯第1頁的讀出動作的命令順序。 [ Fig. 14 ] shows the command sequence of the reading operation of the logical first page of the semiconductor memory according to the first embodiment.
[圖15]是第1實施形態的半導體記憶體的邏輯第2頁的讀出動作的命令順序。
[ Fig. 15 ] is an instruction sequence of a read operation of the
[圖16]是第1實施形態的半導體記憶體的寫入動作的流程圖。 [ Fig. 16 ] is a flow chart of the writing operation of the semiconductor memory according to the first embodiment.
[圖17]是第1實施形態的半導體記憶體的寫入動作的流程圖。 [ Fig. 17 ] is a flow chart of the writing operation of the semiconductor memory according to the first embodiment.
[圖18]是第1實施形態的半導體記憶體的全順序寫入動作的命令順序。 [ Fig. 18 ] shows the command sequence of the full sequential write operation of the semiconductor memory according to the first embodiment.
[圖19]是表示對第2實施形態的第1例的半導體記憶體的各狀態的資料的分配的表。 [ Fig. 19 ] is a table showing allocation of data to each state of the semiconductor memory in the first example of the second embodiment.
[圖20]是表示對第2實施形態的第2例的半導體記憶體的各狀態的資料的分配的表。 [ Fig. 20 ] is a table showing allocation of data to each state of the semiconductor memory in the second example of the second embodiment.
[圖21]是表示對第2實施形態的第3例的半導體記憶體的各狀態的資料的分配的表。 [ Fig. 21 ] is a table showing allocation of data to each state of the semiconductor memory in the third example of the second embodiment.
[圖22]是表示對第2實施形態的第4例的半導體記憶體的各狀態的資料的分配的表。 [ Fig. 22 ] is a table showing allocation of data to each state of the semiconductor memory in the fourth example of the second embodiment.
[圖23]是表示對第2實施形態的第5例的半導體記憶體的各狀態的資料的分配的表。 [ Fig. 23 ] is a table showing allocation of data to each state of the semiconductor memory in the fifth example of the second embodiment.
[圖24]是表示對第2實施形態的第6例的半導體記憶體的各狀態的資料的分配的表。 [ Fig. 24 ] is a table showing allocation of data to each state of the semiconductor memory in the sixth example of the second embodiment.
[圖25]是表示對第2實施形態的第7例的半導體記憶體的各狀態的資料的分配的表。 [ Fig. 25] Fig. 25 is a table showing allocation of data to each state of the semiconductor memory in the seventh example of the second embodiment.
[圖26]是第3實施形態的第1例的半導體記憶體的邏輯第1頁的讀出動作的命令順序。 [ Fig. 26] Fig. 26 is an instruction sequence of a read operation of the logical first page of the semiconductor memory according to the first example of the third embodiment.
[圖27]是第3實施形態的第1例的半導體記憶體的邏輯第2頁的讀出動作的命令順序。
[ Fig. 27] Fig. 27 is an instruction sequence of a read operation of the
[圖28]是第3實施形態的第2例的半導體記憶體的循序讀出動作的命令順序。 [ Fig. 28 ] shows the command sequence of the sequential read operation of the semiconductor memory in the second example of the third embodiment.
[圖29]是第4實施形態的半導體記憶體的記憶格電晶體的臨界值電壓分佈與資料的分配的關係的圖。 [FIG. 29] It is a figure which shows the relationship between the threshold voltage distribution of the memory cell transistor of the semiconductor memory of 4th Embodiment, and the distribution of data.
[圖30]是說明第4實施形態的半導體記憶體的邏輯頁位址與物理頁位址的變換動作的流程的圖。 [FIG. 30] It is a figure explaining the flow of the conversion operation of the logical page address and the physical page address of the semiconductor memory of 4th Embodiment.
[圖31]是邏輯頁資料對於第4實施形態的半導體記憶體的物理頁的分配的圖。 [ Fig. 31 ] is a diagram showing allocation of logical page data to physical pages of the semiconductor memory according to the fourth embodiment.
[圖32]是第4實施形態的半導體記憶體的讀出動作的流程圖。 [ Fig. 32 ] is a flowchart of the read operation of the semiconductor memory according to the fourth embodiment.
[圖33]是第4實施形態的半導體記憶體的邏輯第1頁的讀出動作的命令順序。 [ Fig. 33 ] is an instruction sequence of a read operation of the logical first page of the semiconductor memory according to the fourth embodiment.
[圖34]是第4實施形態的半導體記憶體的寫入動作的流程圖。 [ Fig. 34 ] is a flowchart of the writing operation of the semiconductor memory according to the fourth embodiment.
[圖35]是第4實施形態的半導體記憶體的寫入動作的流程圖。 [ Fig. 35 ] is a flowchart of the writing operation of the semiconductor memory according to the fourth embodiment.
[圖36]是第4實施形態的半導體記憶體的全順序寫入動作的命令順序。 [ Fig. 36 ] shows the command sequence of the full sequential write operation of the semiconductor memory according to the fourth embodiment.
[圖37]是第5實施形態的半導體記憶體中所含的感測放大器及頁緩衝器的方塊圖。 [ Fig. 37 ] is a block diagram of a sense amplifier and a page buffer included in the semiconductor memory according to the fifth embodiment.
[圖38]是表示第5實施形態的半導體記憶體的記憶格電晶體的臨界值電壓分佈與資料的分配的關係的圖。 [ Fig. 38] Fig. 38 is a diagram showing the relationship between the threshold voltage distribution of the cell transistor of the semiconductor memory according to the fifth embodiment and the distribution of data.
[圖39]是說明在第5實施形態的半導體記憶體中,邏輯頁位址與物理頁位址的變換動作的流程的圖。 [FIG. 39] It is a figure explaining the flow of the conversion operation of a logical page address and a physical page address in the semiconductor memory of 5th Embodiment.
[圖40]是表示邏輯頁資料對於第5實施形態的半導體記憶體的物理頁的分配的圖。 [ Fig. 40 ] is a diagram showing allocation of logical page data to physical pages of the semiconductor memory according to the fifth embodiment.
[圖41]是第5實施形態的半導體記憶體的讀出動作的流程圖。 [ Fig. 41 ] is a flowchart of the read operation of the semiconductor memory according to the fifth embodiment.
[圖42]是第5實施形態的半導體記憶體的讀出動作的流程圖。 [ Fig. 42 ] is a flowchart of the read operation of the semiconductor memory according to the fifth embodiment.
[圖43]是第5實施形態的半導體記憶體的讀出動作的流程圖。 [ Fig. 43 ] is a flow chart of the read operation of the semiconductor memory according to the fifth embodiment.
[圖44]是第5實施形態的半導體記憶體的邏輯第1頁的讀出動作的命令順序。 [ Fig. 44 ] shows the command sequence of the reading operation of the logical first page of the semiconductor memory according to the fifth embodiment.
[圖45]是第5實施形態的半導體記憶體的邏輯第2頁的讀出動作的命令順序。
[ Fig. 45 ] shows the command sequence of the reading operation of the
[圖46]是第5實施形態的半導體記憶體的邏輯第3頁的讀出動作的命令順序。
[ Fig. 46 ] shows the command sequence of the reading operation of the
[圖47]是第5實施形態的半導體記憶體的寫入動作的流程圖。 [ Fig. 47 ] is a flowchart of the writing operation of the semiconductor memory according to the fifth embodiment.
[圖48]是第5實施形態的半導體記憶體的寫入動作的流程圖。 [ Fig. 48 ] is a flowchart of the writing operation of the semiconductor memory according to the fifth embodiment.
[圖49]是第5實施形態的半導體記憶體的寫入動作的流程圖。 [ Fig. 49 ] is a flow chart of the writing operation of the semiconductor memory according to the fifth embodiment.
[圖50]是表示第5實施形態的半導體記憶體的全順序寫入動作的命令順序。 [ Fig. 50 ] is a command sequence showing the full sequential write operation of the semiconductor memory according to the fifth embodiment.
[圖51]是表示對第6實施形態的第1例的半導體記憶體的各狀態的資料的分配的表。 [ Fig. 51 ] is a table showing allocation of data to each state of the semiconductor memory in the first example of the sixth embodiment.
[圖52]是表示對第6實施形態的第2例的半導體記憶體的各狀態的資料的分配的表。 [ Fig. 52 ] is a table showing allocation of data to each state of the semiconductor memory in the second example of the sixth embodiment.
[圖53]是表示對第6實施形態的第3例的半導體記憶體的各狀態的資料的分配的表。 [ Fig. 53 ] is a table showing allocation of data to each state of the semiconductor memory in the third example of the sixth embodiment.
[圖54]是表示對第6實施形態的第4例的半導體記憶體的各狀態的資料的分配的表。 [ Fig. 54 ] is a table showing allocation of data to each state of the semiconductor memory in the fourth example of the sixth embodiment.
[圖55]是表示對第6實施形態的第5例的半導體記憶體的各狀態的資料的分配的表。 [ Fig. 55 ] is a table showing allocation of data to each state of the semiconductor memory in the fifth example of the sixth embodiment.
[圖56]是表示對第6實施形態的第6例的半導體記憶體的各狀態的資料的分配的表。 [ Fig. 56 ] is a table showing allocation of data to each state of the semiconductor memory in the sixth example of the sixth embodiment.
[圖57]是表示對第6實施形態的第7例的半導體記憶體的各狀態的資料的分配的表。 [ Fig. 57 ] is a table showing allocation of data to each state of the semiconductor memory in the seventh example of the sixth embodiment.
[圖58]是表示對第6實施形態的第8例的半導體記憶體的各狀態的資料的分配的表。 [ Fig. 58 ] is a table showing allocation of data to each state of the semiconductor memory in the eighth example of the sixth embodiment.
[圖59]是表示對第6實施形態的第9例的半導體記憶體的各狀態的資料的分配的表。 [ Fig. 59 ] is a table showing allocation of data to each state of the semiconductor memory in the ninth example of the sixth embodiment.
[圖60]是表示對第6實施形態的第10例的半導體記憶體的各狀態的資料的分配的表。 [ Fig. 60 ] is a table showing allocation of data to each state of the semiconductor memory in the tenth example of the sixth embodiment.
[圖61]是表示對第6實施形態的第11例的半導體記憶體的各狀態的資料的分配的表。 [ Fig. 61 ] is a table showing allocation of data to each state of the semiconductor memory in the eleventh example of the sixth embodiment.
[圖62]是表示對第6實施形態的第12例的半導體記憶體的各狀態的資料的分配的表。 [ Fig. 62 ] is a table showing allocation of data to each state of the semiconductor memory in the twelfth example of the sixth embodiment.
[圖63]是第7實施形態的第1例的半導體記憶體的邏輯第1頁的讀出動作的命令順序。 [ Fig. 63 ] is an instruction sequence of a read operation of the logical first page of the semiconductor memory according to the first example of the seventh embodiment.
[圖64]是第7實施形態的第1例的半導體記憶體的邏輯第2頁的讀出動作的命令順序。
[ Fig. 64 ] is an instruction sequence of a read operation of the
[圖65]是第7實施形態的第1例的半導體記憶體的邏輯第3頁的讀出動作的命令順序。
[ Fig. 65] Fig. 65 is an instruction sequence of a reading operation of the
[圖66]是第7實施形態的第2例的半導體記憶體的循序讀出動作的命令順序。 [ Fig. 66 ] shows the command sequence of the sequential read operation of the semiconductor memory in the second example of the seventh embodiment.
[圖67]是說明第8實施形態的半導體記憶體的邏輯頁位址與物理頁位址的變換動作的流程的圖。 [ Fig. 67] Fig. 67 is a diagram illustrating the flow of conversion operation between logical page addresses and physical page addresses in the semiconductor memory according to the eighth embodiment.
[圖68]是表示邏輯頁資料對於第8實施形態的半導體記憶體的物理頁的分配的圖。 [ Fig. 68 ] is a diagram showing allocation of logical page data to physical pages of the semiconductor memory according to the eighth embodiment.
[圖69]是第9實施形態的第1例的半導體記憶體中所含的感測放大器及頁緩衝器的方塊圖。 [ Fig. 69 ] is a block diagram of a sense amplifier and a page buffer included in the semiconductor memory of the first example of the ninth embodiment.
[圖70]是第9實施形態的第2例的半導體記憶體中所含的感測放大器及頁緩衝器的方塊圖。 [ Fig. 70 ] is a block diagram of a sense amplifier and a page buffer included in the semiconductor memory according to the second example of the ninth embodiment.
[圖71]是第9實施形態的第3例的半導體記憶體中所含的感測放大器及頁緩衝器的方塊圖。 [ Fig. 71] Fig. 71 is a block diagram of a sense amplifier and a page buffer included in a semiconductor memory according to a third example of the ninth embodiment.
[圖72]是表示邏輯頁資料對於第10實施形態的半導體記憶體的物理頁的分配的圖。 [ Fig. 72 ] is a diagram showing allocation of logical page data to physical pages of the semiconductor memory according to the tenth embodiment.
[圖73]是對第10實施形態的半導體記憶體的各狀態的資料的分配的表。 [FIG. 73] It is a table which assigns the data of each state to the semiconductor memory of 10th Embodiment.
[圖74]是表示邏輯頁資料對於第11實施形態的第1例的半導體記憶體的物理頁的分配的圖。 [ Fig. 74 ] is a diagram showing allocation of logical page data to physical pages of the semiconductor memory of the first example of the eleventh embodiment.
[圖75]是表示第11實施形態的第2例的半導體記憶體的記憶格電晶體的臨界值電壓分佈與資料的分配的關係的圖。 [ Fig. 75] Fig. 75 is a diagram showing the relationship between the threshold voltage distribution of the cell transistor of the semiconductor memory according to the second example of the eleventh embodiment and the distribution of data.
[圖76]是表示邏輯頁資料對於第11實施形態的第2例的半導體記憶體的物理頁的分配的圖。 [ Fig. 76 ] is a diagram showing allocation of logical page data to physical pages of the semiconductor memory of the second example of the eleventh embodiment.
[圖77]是表示第11實施形態的第3例的半導體記憶體的記憶格電晶體的臨界值電壓分佈與資料的分配的關係的圖。 [ Fig. 77] Fig. 77 is a diagram showing the relationship between the threshold voltage distribution of the cell transistor of the semiconductor memory and the distribution of data in the third example of the eleventh embodiment.
[圖78]是表示邏輯頁資料對於第11實施形態的第3例的半導體記憶體的物理頁的分配的圖。 [ Fig. 78 ] is a diagram showing allocation of logical page data to physical pages of the semiconductor memory in the third example of the eleventh embodiment.
[圖79]是表示邏輯頁資料對於第12實施形態的半導體記憶體的物理頁的分配的圖。 [ Fig. 79 ] is a diagram showing allocation of logical page data to physical pages of the semiconductor memory according to the twelfth embodiment.
[圖80]是表示對第12實施形態的半導體記憶體的各狀態的資料的分配的表。 [ Fig. 80 ] is a table showing allocation of data to each state of the semiconductor memory according to the twelfth embodiment.
[圖81]是第13實施形態的半導體記憶體的記憶格電晶體的臨界值電壓分佈圖。 [ Fig. 81] Fig. 81 is a distribution diagram of the threshold voltage of the cell transistor of the semiconductor memory according to the thirteenth embodiment.
[圖82]是表示第13實施形態的半導體記憶體的2個的記憶格電晶體所致的資料的分配的表。 [ Fig. 82 ] is a table showing distribution of data by two memory cell transistors in the semiconductor memory according to the thirteenth embodiment.
[圖83]是表示對第13實施形態的半導體記憶體的A格及B格的資料的分配與區段的位元值的關係的圖。 [ Fig. 83] Fig. 83 is a diagram showing the relationship between allocation of data to A and B cells and bit values of sectors in the semiconductor memory according to the thirteenth embodiment.
[圖84]是說明第13實施形態的半導體記憶體的邏輯頁位址與物理頁位址的變換動作的流程的圖。 [FIG. 84] It is a figure explaining the flow of the conversion operation of the logical page address and the physical page address of the semiconductor memory of a thirteenth embodiment.
[圖85]是表示邏輯頁資料對於第13實施形態的半導體記憶體的物理頁的分配的圖。 [ Fig. 85 ] is a diagram showing allocation of logical page data to physical pages of the semiconductor memory according to the thirteenth embodiment.
[圖86]是第13實施形態的半導體記憶體的讀出動作的流程圖。 [ Fig. 86 ] is a flowchart of the read operation of the semiconductor memory according to the thirteenth embodiment.
[圖87]是第13實施形態的半導體記憶體的讀出動作的流程圖。 [ Fig. 87 ] is a flowchart of the read operation of the semiconductor memory according to the thirteenth embodiment.
[圖88]是第13實施形態的半導體記憶體的邏輯第1頁的讀出動作的命令順序。 [ Fig. 88 ] is an instruction sequence of a read operation of the logical first page of the semiconductor memory according to the thirteenth embodiment.
[圖89]是第13實施形態的半導體記憶體的寫入動作的流程圖。 [ Fig. 89 ] is a flowchart of the write operation of the semiconductor memory according to the thirteenth embodiment.
[圖90]是第13實施形態的半導體記憶體的寫入動作的流程圖。 [ Fig. 90 ] is a flowchart of the writing operation of the semiconductor memory according to the thirteenth embodiment.
[圖91]是第13實施形態的半導體記憶體的全順序寫入動作的命令順序。 [ Fig. 91 ] shows the command sequence of the full sequential write operation of the semiconductor memory according to the thirteenth embodiment.
[圖92]是表示變形例的半導體記憶體的寫入動作與記憶格電晶體的臨界值電壓分佈的關係的圖。 [ Fig. 92] Fig. 92 is a graph showing the relationship between the write operation of the semiconductor memory and the threshold voltage distribution of the memory cell transistor in the modified example.
以下,參照圖面說明有關實施形態。此說明時,有關具有同一機能及構成的構成要素是附上同一符號。又,以下所示的各實施形態是舉例說明用以將此實施形態的技術思想具體化的裝置或方法者,實施形態的技術思想不是將構成零件的材質、形狀、構造、配置等特定於下記者。實施形態的技術思想是在申請專利範圍追加各種的變更。 Hereinafter, related embodiments will be described with reference to the drawings. In this description, the same symbols are attached to the constituent elements having the same function and configuration. In addition, each of the embodiments shown below is an example of an apparatus or method for realizing the technical idea of the embodiment, and the technical idea of the embodiment does not limit the material, shape, structure, arrangement, etc. of the constituent parts to those described below. By. The technical idea of the embodiment is to add various changes in the scope of the patent application.
說明有關第1實施形態的記憶體系統。在以下,作為記憶體系統中所含的半導體記憶體,舉NAND型快閃記憶體為例進行說明。 The memory system of the first embodiment will be described. In the following, a NAND type flash memory will be described as an example of a semiconductor memory included in a memory system.
首先,利用圖1說明有關具備本實施形態的半導體記憶體的記憶體系統的全體構成。圖1是表示記憶體系統的全體構成的一例的方塊圖。另外,圖1所示的記憶體控制器的構成為一例,內部匯流排為形成分割構造或階層構造、或連接附加性的機能區塊等,可取得其他產生
的形態。記憶體系統1是與主裝置2通訊,根據來自主裝置2的指示(命令),保持來自主裝置2的資料,又,輸出資料至主裝置2。主裝置2是例如伺服器電腦或個人電腦等,實行資訊處理,利用記憶體系統1來記憶資料。記憶體系統1是可作為資訊處理裝置機能的主裝置2的儲存(storage)機能。記憶體系統1是可被內藏於主裝置2,或亦可經由電纜或網路來連接至主裝置2。又,亦可構成具備記憶體系統1及主裝置2的資訊處理系統。
First, the overall configuration of a memory system including the semiconductor memory of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 1 . FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing an example of the overall configuration of a memory system. In addition, the configuration of the memory controller shown in FIG. 1 is an example, and the internal bus bar is formed to form a split structure or a hierarchical structure, or to connect additional functional blocks, etc., and other generated
Shape. The
如圖1所示般,記憶體系統1是具備:作為半導體記憶體使用的NAND型快閃記憶體100(以下亦簡稱「記憶體100」),及記憶體控制器(亦稱「外部控制器」)200。記憶體控制器200及記憶體100是例如亦可藉由該等的組合來構成1個的半導體記憶裝置,其例,可舉SDTM卡之類的記憶卡或SSD(solid state drive)等。
As shown in Figure 1, the
記憶體100是具備複數的記憶格電晶體(以下稱「記憶格(memory cell)」或簡稱「格」),被構成為非揮發記憶資料的非揮發性記憶體。另外,記憶體100是亦可藉由複數的NAND型快閃記憶體所構成。此情況,記憶體100內的複數的NAND型快閃記憶體及記憶體控制器200是亦可經由貫通孔(TSV:Through Silicon Via)來連接。又,NAND型快閃記憶體是亦可為記憶格電晶體被立體地層疊於半導體基板上方的立體層疊型NAND型快閃記憶體,或亦可為記憶格電晶體被平面的配置於半導體基板上的平面型NAND型快閃記憶體。
The
記憶體100是藉由記憶體匯流排來與記憶體控制器200連接,根據來自記憶體控制器200的命令而動作。更具體而言,記憶體100是與記憶體控制器200進行例如8位元的訊號DQ[7:0]和時鐘訊號DQS及DQSn的收發。訊號DQ[7:0]是例如資料、位址及指令。時鐘訊號DQS及DQSn是被用在訊號DQ的輸出入時的時鐘訊號,時鐘訊號DQSn是時鐘訊號DQS的反轉訊號。
The
又,記憶體100是從記憶體控制器200接收例如晶片賦能訊號CEn、指令鎖存賦能訊號CLE、位址鎖存賦能訊號ALE、寫入賦能訊號WEn及讀出賦能訊號REn。而且,記憶體100是將預備/忙碌訊號RBn至記憶體控制器200。
Moreover, the
晶片賦能訊號CEn是用以使記憶體100賦能的訊號,例如被主張(assert)於Low(“L”)位準。指令鎖存賦能訊號CLE是顯示訊號DQ為指令的訊號,例如被主張於High(“H”)位準。
The chip enable signal CEn is a signal for enabling the
位址鎖存賦能訊號ALE是顯示訊號DQ為位址的訊號,例如被主張於“H”位準。 The address latch enable signal ALE is a signal indicating that the signal DQ is an address, for example, it is asserted at the “H” level.
寫入賦能訊號WEn是用以將接收的訊號取入至記憶體100內的訊號,每次由記憶體控制器200來接收指令、位址及資料等時,例如被主張於“L”位準。因此,每次WEn被切換(toggle)時,訊號DQ會被取入至記憶體100。
The write enable signal WEn is a signal used to take the received signal into the
讀出賦能訊號REn是用以記憶體控制器200從記憶體100讀出資料的訊號。讀出賦能訊號REn是例如
如被主張於“L”位準。
The read enable signal REn is a signal for the
預備/忙碌訊號RBn是表示記憶體100從記憶體控制器200不可接收訊號DQ的狀態(state)或可接收訊號DQ的狀態之訊號,例如記憶體100在忙(busy)狀態時為“L”位準。
The ready/busy signal RBn is a signal indicating that the
記憶體控制器200是回應來自主裝置2的要求(命令),對於記憶體100命令資料的讀出動作、寫入動作及消去動作等。又,記憶體控制器200是管理記憶體100的記憶體空間(記憶體區域)。
The
記憶體控制器200是包含:主介面電路210、內藏記憶體(RAM;Random Access Memory)220、處理器230、緩衝記憶體240、記憶體介面電路250及ECC電路260。另外,記憶體控制器200的各機能是可由專用電路實現,或亦可藉由處理器實行韌體(firmware)來實行。
The
主介面電路210是經由主匯流排來與主裝置2連接,掌管與主裝置2的通訊。主介面電路210是將從主裝置2接收的要求及資料轉送至處理器230及緩衝記憶體240。在以下,將從主裝置2接收的資料記載為「使用者資料」。主介面電路210是回應處理器230的命令,將緩衝記憶體240內的使用者資料轉送至主裝置2。
The
RAM220是例如DRAM等的揮發性記憶體,作為處理器230的作業區域使用。RAM220是用以管理記憶體100的韌體,或保持各種的管理表等。又,RAM220是暫時性地記憶後述的查表。
處理器230是控制記憶體控制器200全體的動作。例如,處理器是CPU(Central Processing Unit)或MPU(Micro Processing Unit)。處理器230是在從主裝置2接受要求時,進行按照其要求的控制。例如,處理器230是在從主裝置2接受寫入要求(包含指令、邏輯位址及使用者資料)時,經由記憶體介面電路250來使寫入動作實行於記憶體100。又,處理器230是在接受來自主裝置2的讀出要求(包含指令及邏輯位址)時,經由記憶體介面電路250來使讀出動作實行於記憶體100。
The
處理器230是實行耗損平均技術(Wear leveling)等,用以管理記憶體100的各種的處理。進一步,處理器230是實行各種的運算。例如,處理器230是實行資料的加密處理或隨機化處理等。
The
又,處理器230是對於從主裝置2接收的邏輯位址及使用者資料,決定記憶體100的儲存區域(記憶體區域)。
Furthermore, the
更具體而言,例如,處理器230是從主裝置2接受寫入要求時,從記憶體100讀出將邏輯位址與邏輯頁位址(亦記載為外部位址)建立關聯的資料(以下稱為「查表(Lookup table)」)。邏輯位址是被附在來自主裝置2的存取要求。邏輯頁是在處理器230控制記憶體100的寫入動作及讀出動作等時,被附在被發送至記憶體100的1個的位址的資料(往記憶體100的輸入資料)的單位。邏輯頁的頁大小(亦記載為「資料長」、「資料量」)是對應於被附在1個
的邏輯位址的使用者資料的大小。以下,將附有邏輯頁的位址記載為「邏輯頁位址」(或在記憶體100中從外部輸入的位址,因此亦記載為「外部位址」)。在本實施形態中,邏輯頁是與在記憶體100中一併被寫入的頁(以下記載為「物理頁」)的單位不同。有關邏輯頁與物理頁的關係後述。邏輯頁位址是對應於1個的邏輯頁,指定記憶體100的記憶體區域的某一部分。因此,藉由複數的邏輯頁所構成的邏輯記憶體區域的大小是與藉由物理頁所構成的記憶體100的記憶體區域的大小相同。
More specifically, for example, when the
處理器230是若從主裝置2接受寫入要求,則將記憶體控制器200內的查表更新,對於1個的邏輯位址,分配1個的邏輯頁位址。從新分配邏輯頁位址之後,處理器230是使寫入動作實行於記憶體100。又,處理器230是在任意的時機更新記憶體100內的查表。
When the
又,處理器230是例如若從主裝置2接受讀出要求,則利用查表,將邏輯位址變換成邏輯頁位址之後,使讀出動作實行於記憶體100。
Also, for example, upon receiving a read request from the
緩衝記憶體240是暫時性地記憶從主裝置2接收的使用者資料及記憶體控制器200從記憶體100接收的讀出資料等。
The
記憶體介面電路250是經由記憶體匯流排來與記憶體100連接,掌管與記憶體100的通訊。記憶體介面電路250是根據處理器230的控制,控制記憶體100的寫入動作、讀出動作及消去動作等。
The
ECC電路260是將使用者資料編碼,產生碼字。使用者資料是作為被編碼的碼字,被儲存於記憶體100。又,ECC電路260是將從記憶體100讀出的碼字解密。
The
另外,記憶體控制器200是亦可不將使用者資料編碼。記憶體控制器200不進行編碼時,寫入至記憶體100的資料是與使用者資料一致。又,ECC電路260是可根據對應於1個的邏輯頁的使用者資料來產生1個的碼字,或亦可根據使用者資料所被分割的分割資料來產生1個的碼字。進一步,ECC電路260是亦可利用對應於複數的邏輯頁的使用者資料來產生1個的碼字。
In addition, the
進一步,ECC電路260是亦可被內藏於記憶體介面電路250,亦可被內藏於記憶體100。
Further, the
其次,利用圖2說明有關記憶體100的構成。圖2是表示本實施形態的記憶體100的內部構成之一例的方塊圖。另外,在圖2中,藉由箭號線來表示各區塊間的連接的一部分,但各區塊間的連接是不限定於此。
Next, the configuration of the
如圖2所示般,記憶體100是包含輸出入電路110、控制部120、記憶格陣列130、行解碼器131、感測放大器132及頁緩衝器133。記憶體100是例如被形成於半導體基板(矽基板)上而晶片化。
As shown in FIG. 2 , the
輸出入電路110是控制與記憶體控制器200的
訊號的輸出入。更具體而言,輸出入電路110是例如將從記憶體控制器200接收的訊號DQ(資料DAT、邏輯頁位址、指令CMD)以及各種控制訊號(訊號CEn、CLE、ALE、WEn及REn)發送至控制部120。又,輸出入電路110是將從控制部120接收的資料DAT發送至記憶體控制器200。
The I/
控制部120是根據經由輸出入電路110從記憶體控制器200接受的指令CMD等,來控制記憶體100的動作。具體而言,控制部120是接受寫入命令時,控制成將接收的寫入資料DAT寫入至記憶格陣列130的物理頁。又,控制部120是接受讀出命令時,控制成從記憶格陣列130讀出資料DAT,經由輸出入電路110往記憶體控制器200輸出。
The
控制部120是包含:指令使用者介面電路121、振盪器122、定序器123、電壓產生電路124、列計數器125及串列存取(serial access)控制器126。
The
指令使用者介面電路121是從輸出入電路110接收指令CMD及邏輯頁位址。指令使用者介面電路121是將接受的指令CMD發送至定序器123。又,指令使用者介面電路121是將接收的邏輯頁位址變換成對應於物理頁的位址ADD(以下亦記載為「物理頁位址」或「內部位址」),發送至定序器123。在本實施形態中,由於邏輯頁的頁大小比物理頁的頁大小更大,因此對於1頁的邏輯頁的資料,分配複數的物理頁。因此,指令使用者介面電路121是將1個的邏輯頁位址變換成對應的複數的物理頁位址
ADD,發送至定序器123。另外,定序器123亦可將邏輯頁位址變換成物理頁位址ADD。
The command
振盪器122是產生時鐘訊號的電路。藉由振盪器122所產生的時鐘訊號是被供給至包含定序器123的各構成要素。定序器123是藉由從振盪器122供給的時鐘訊號來驅動的狀態機(state machine)。
The
定序器123是控制記憶體100的全體的動作。例如,定序器123是控制指令使用者介面電路121、振盪器122、電壓產生電路124、列計數器125、及串列存取控制器126、以及行解碼器131、感測放大器132、及頁緩衝器133。定序器123是控制對記憶格陣列130的存取(寫入動作、讀出動作及消去動作等)。定序器123是例如按照從指令使用者介面電路121接受的指令CMD,將用以控制動作時機等的控制訊號發送至電壓產生電路124及列計數器125。又,定序器123是將從指令使用者介面電路121接收的物理頁位址ADD中所含的行位址RA供給至行解碼器131。行位址RA是用以選擇在記憶格陣列130中被配列於行方向的配線(字元線等)的位址。進一步,定序器123是將從指令使用者介面電路121接收的物理頁位址ADD中所含的列(column)位址CA供給至列計數器125。列位址CA是用以選擇在記憶格陣列130中被配列於列方向的配線(位元線等)的位址。
The
電壓產生電路124是根據定序器123的控制來產生電壓,供給至行解碼器131及感測放大器132等。
The
列計數器125是在寫入動作或讀出動作時,將列位址CA發送至頁緩衝器133。列計數器125是以從定序器123供給的列位址CA作為前頭,按照從串列存取控制器126供給的控制訊號來依序推進(計數(Count Up))列位址CA。
The
串列存取控制器126是控制與頁緩衝器133的資料DAT的收發。更具體而言,串列存取控制器126是經由資料匯流排來連接至頁緩衝器133。串列存取控制器126是在寫入動作時,將從輸出入電路110接收的資料DAT(例如對應於8位元的訊號DQ的8位元的串列資料)發送至頁緩衝器133。又,串列存取控制器126是在讀出動作時,將從頁緩衝器133接收的資料DAT(串列資料)發送至輸出入電路110。
The
記憶格陣列130是具備包含與行及列建立對應的非揮發性的記憶格電晶體(以下亦記載為「記憶格」)之複數的區塊BLK(BLK0、BLK1、...)。各個的區塊BLK是包含複數的串單元SU。在圖2的例子中,區塊BLK是包含4個的串單元SU0、SU1、SU2及SU3。而且,各個的串單元SU是包含複數的NAND串NS。另外,記憶格陣列130內的區塊BLK的個數及區塊BLK內的串單元SU的個數是可任意地設計。有關記憶格陣列130的詳細後述。
The
行解碼器131是在各區塊BLK中,被連接至沿著行方向配置的配線(例如字元線及選擇閘極線)。行解碼器131是在寫入動作、讀出動作及消去動作時,將行位
址RA解碼,而施加電壓至選擇的區塊BLK的配線。
The
感測放大器132是在寫入動作時,將被儲存於頁緩衝器133的資料轉送至記憶格電晶體。又,感測放大器132是在讀出動作時,判定從記憶格陣列130讀出的資料是否為“0”或“1”。感測放大器132是將取得的資料轉送至頁緩衝器133。被儲存於頁緩衝器133的資料是經由串列存取控制器126及輸出入電路110來輸出至記憶體控制器200。
The
頁緩衝器133是暫時性地記憶從記憶體控制器200接收的資料DAT,或暫時性地記憶從記憶格陣列130讀出的資料之緩衝器。頁緩衝器133頁是包含複數的鎖存電路。頁緩衝器133是在寫入動作時,將從串列存取控制器126接收的資料DAT依序儲存於對應於從列計數器125接收的列位址CA的鎖存電路。又,頁緩衝器133是在讀出動作時,將對應於從列計數器125接收的列位址CA的鎖存電路所儲存的資料依序發送至串列存取控制器126。
The
以下,亦將記憶格陣列130以外的電路(控制部120、行解碼器131、感測放大器132及頁緩衝器133等)一起記載為「周邊電路」。
Hereinafter, circuits other than the grid array 130 (the
其次,利用圖3來說明有關記憶格陣列130的電路構成的一例。圖3的例子是抽出記憶格陣列130中所含的複數的區塊BLK之中1個的區塊BLK來表示。
Next, an example of the circuit configuration of the
如圖3所示般,區塊BLK是例如包含4個的串單元SU0~SU3。各串單元SU是包含複數的NAND串NS。 As shown in FIG. 3 , the block BLK includes, for example, four string units SU0 - SU3 . Each string unit SU includes a plurality of NAND strings NS.
複數的NAND串NS是分別與位元線BL0~BL(k-1)(k是2以上的整數)建立關聯。各NAND串NS是例如包含記憶格電晶體MC0~MC7以及選擇電晶體ST1及ST2。以下,不限定位元線BL0~BL(k-1)的那個時,簡稱位元線BL。不限定記憶格電晶體MC0~MC7時,簡稱記憶格電晶體MC。 The plurality of NAND strings NS are respectively associated with the bit lines BL0 ˜BL(k−1) (k is an integer greater than or equal to 2). Each NAND string NS includes, for example, memory cell transistors MC0 - MC7 and select transistors ST1 and ST2 . Hereinafter, when the bit lines BL0 to BL(k−1) are not limited, the bit line BL is simply referred to as the bit line. When the memory cell transistors MC0-MC7 are not limited, they are referred to as the memory cell transistor MC for short.
記憶格電晶體MC是包含控制閘極及電荷蓄積層,非揮發地記憶資料。選擇電晶體ST1及ST2的各者是被使用在各種動作時的串單元SU的選擇。 The memory grid transistor MC includes a control gate and a charge storage layer, and stores data in a non-volatile manner. Each of the selection transistors ST1 and ST2 is used to select the string unit SU in various operations.
另外,記憶格電晶體MC是可為在電荷蓄積層使用絕緣層的MONOS(Metal-Oxide-Nitride-Oxide-Silicon)型,或亦可為在電荷蓄積層使用導電層的FG(Floating Gate)型。以下,在本實施形態中,以MONOS型為例進行說明。 In addition, the memory cell transistor MC can be a MONOS (Metal-Oxide-Nitride-Oxide-Silicon) type in which an insulating layer is used in the charge storage layer, or an FG (Floating Gate) type in which a conductive layer is used in the charge storage layer. . Hereinafter, in this embodiment, the MONOS type will be described as an example.
在各NAND串NS中,選擇電晶體ST1的汲極是被連接至建立關聯的位元線BL,選擇電晶體ST1的源極是被連接至串聯的記憶格電晶體MC0~MC7的一端。在同一的區塊BLK中,串單元SU0~SU3內的選擇電晶體ST1的閘極是被共通連接至各個選擇閘極線SGD0~SGD3。選擇閘極線SGD0~SGD3是被連接至行解碼器131。
In each NAND string NS, the drain of the selection transistor ST1 is connected to the associated bit line BL, and the source of the selection transistor ST1 is connected to one end of the series memory cell transistors MC0-MC7. In the same block BLK, the gates of the selection transistors ST1 in the string units SU0 - SU3 are commonly connected to the respective selection gate lines SGD0 - SGD3 . The select gate lines SGD0 ˜ SGD3 are connected to the
在各NAND串NS中,選擇電晶體ST2的汲極是被連接至串聯的記憶格電晶體MC0~MC7的另一端。在
同一的區塊BLK中,選擇電晶體ST2的源極是被共通連接至源極線SL,選擇電晶體ST2的閘極是被共通連接至選擇閘極線SGS。選擇閘極線SGS是被連接至行解碼器131。
In each NAND string NS, the drain of the select transistor ST2 is connected to the other end of the series memory cell transistors MC0 - MC7 . exist
In the same block BLK, the source of the selection transistor ST2 is commonly connected to the source line SL, and the gate of the selection transistor ST2 is commonly connected to the selection gate line SGS. The select gate line SGS is connected to the
位元線BL是共通地連接位於各區塊BLK的串單元SU0~SU3中所分別含有的1個的NAND串NS。源極線SL是例如在複數的區塊BLK間共通連接。 The bit lines BL are commonly connected to one NAND string NS included in each of the string units SU0 to SU3 located in each block BLK. The source lines SL are, for example, connected in common between a plurality of blocks BLK.
在以下,將在1個的串單元SU內被連接至共通的字元線WL的複數的記憶格電晶體MC的集合記載為「記憶體群組MG」。在1個的記憶體群組MG所含的記憶格電晶體MC是分別與位元線BL0~BL(k-1)建立關聯。因此,在1個的記憶體群組MG所含的記憶格電晶體MC的個數是k個。例如,分別含有記憶1位元資料的k個的記憶格電晶體MC之記憶體群組MG的記憶容量被定義為物理頁的1頁資料(頁大小)。記憶體群組MG是可按照記憶格電晶體MC所記憶的資料的位元數來具有物理頁的2頁資料以上的記憶容量。以下,本實施形態中,說明有關在記憶格電晶體MC可記憶3位元的資料的情況,亦即,記憶體群組MG具有物理頁的3頁資料的記憶容量的情況。 Hereinafter, a set of a plurality of memory cell transistors MC connected to a common word line WL in one string unit SU is described as a "memory group MG". The memory cell transistors MC included in one memory group MG are respectively associated with the bit lines BL0˜BL(k−1). Therefore, the number of memory cell transistors MC included in one memory group MG is k. For example, the memory capacity of the memory group MG including k memory cell transistors MC each storing 1-bit data is defined as 1 page of data (page size) of a physical page. The memory group MG can have a memory capacity of more than 2 pages of data in a physical page according to the number of bits of data stored in the memory cell transistor MC. Hereinafter, in this embodiment, the case where 3-bit data can be stored in the memory cell transistor MC, that is, the case where the memory group MG has the memory capacity of 3 pages of data in a physical page will be described.
另外,記憶格陣列130的電路構成是不被限定於以上說明的構成。例如,各NAND串NS所含的記憶格電晶體MC和選擇電晶體ST1及ST2的個數是分別可設計成任意的個數。各區塊BLK所含的串單元SU的個數是可被設計成任意的個數。
In addition, the circuit configuration of the
其次,利用圖4說明有關記憶格陣列130的剖面構成。圖4的例子是表示1個的NAND串NS的剖面。另外,在圖4的例子中,為了使說明簡略化,而在半導體基板30上,顯示被用在感測放大器132的1個的電晶體。並且,在圖4的例子中,一部分的層間絕緣膜會被省略。
Next, the cross-sectional configuration of the
如圖4所示般,在半導體基板30上,設有被用在感測放大器132的電晶體。亦即,在半導體基板30與記憶格陣列130之間,設有感測放大器132。另外,在半導體基板30與記憶格陣列130之間,亦可設有行解碼器131或頁緩衝器133等的其他的周邊電路。亦將在記憶格陣列130的下方設有周邊電路的構成記載為CUA(CMOS Under Allay)構造。在本實施形態中,說明有關在CUA構造中,在半導體基板30與記憶格陣列130之間,設有感測放大器132及頁緩衝器133的情況。另外,記憶體100是亦可為貼合設有記憶格陣列130的陣列晶片與設有周邊電路的電路晶片的構造。
As shown in FIG. 4, on the
首先,說明有關記憶格陣列130的構成。形成有分別延伸於與半導體基板30大致平行的X方向、及與X方向交叉的Y方向,作為源極線SL機能的配線層32。配線層32是藉由導電材料所構成,例如使用被添加雜質的半導體材料,或金屬材料。
First, the structure of the
在配線層32的上方,作為選擇閘極線SGS、字元線WL0~WL7及選擇閘極線SGD機能,延伸於X方向
的例如10層的配線層33會分別隔著未圖示的層間絕緣膜,在與半導體基板30大致垂直的Z方向分離依序設置。
On the top of the
配線層33是藉由導電材料所構成,例如可使用被添加雜質的半導體材料或金屬材料。例如可使用氮化鈦(TiN)/鎢(W)的層疊構造,作為配線層33。TiN是例如藉由CVD(chemical vapor deposition)來將W成膜時,具有作為用以防止W與SiO2的反應的屏障(barrier)層、或用以使W的密著性提升的密著層的機能。
The
而且,形成有貫通10層的配線層33,底面到達配線層32的記憶體支柱(memory pillar)MP。1個的記憶體支柱MP會對應於1個的NAND串NS。記憶體支柱MP是包含區塊絕緣膜34、電荷蓄積層35、隧道絕緣膜36、半導體層37、核心層38及蓋層39。
Furthermore, a memory pillar MP whose bottom surface reaches the
更具體而言,以貫通配線層33,底面會到達配線層32的方式,形成有對應於記憶體支柱MP的孔。在孔的側面是依序層疊區塊絕緣膜34、電荷蓄積層35及隧道絕緣膜36。而且,以側面會接觸於隧道絕緣膜36,底面會接觸於配線層32的方式,形成有半導體層37。半導體層37是形成有記憶格電晶體MC和選擇電晶體ST1及ST2的通道的區域。因此,半導體層37是作為連接選擇電晶體ST2、記憶格電晶體MC0~MC7、及選擇電晶體ST1的電流路徑的訊號線機能。在半導體層37內是設有核心層38。而且,在半導體層37及核心層38上是形成有側面會接觸於隧道絕緣膜36的蓋層39。
More specifically, a hole corresponding to the memory pillar MP is formed so that the bottom surface reaches the
在區塊絕緣膜34、隧道絕緣膜36及核心層38是例如可使用SiO2。在電荷蓄積層35是例如可使用矽氮化膜(SiN)。在半導體層37及蓋層39是例如可使用多晶矽。
For the
在蓋層39上是形成有接觸插塞40。在接觸插塞40上是形成有延伸於Y方向的配線層41,作為位元線BL機能。接觸插塞40及配線層41是藉由導電材料所構成,例如可使用鈦(Ti)/TiN/W的層疊構造,或銅(Cu)等。
Contact plugs 40 are formed on the
另外,在圖4的例子中,作為選擇閘極線SGD及SGS機能的配線層33是分別設置1層,但亦可設置複數層。
In addition, in the example of FIG. 4, the
藉由記憶體支柱MP及分別作為字元線WL0~WL7機能的8層的配線層33來分別構成記憶格電晶體MC0~MC7。同樣,藉由記憶體支柱MP及分別作為選擇閘極線SGD及SGS機能的2層的配線層33來分別構成選擇電晶體ST1及ST2。
The memory cell transistors MC0-MC7 are respectively formed by the memory pillar MP and the 8-
其次,簡略說明有關感測放大器132中所含的電晶體。
Next, briefly describe the transistors included in the
在半導體基板30上,例如設有含在感測放大器132的電晶體。例如,在電晶體的源極及汲極上,經由接觸插塞51及54來連接2個的配線層53及55。電晶體的閘極電極52是經由接觸插塞51來連接配線層53。
On the
在對應於電晶體的源極或汲極的一方的配線層55上,形成有上面的高度位置會位於最上層的配線層33的上方的接觸插塞56。接觸插塞56是未被電性連接至配線
層32及33。在接觸插塞56上是形成有接觸插塞57。接觸插塞56是經由接觸插塞57來與配線層41連接。接觸插塞51、54、56及57、閘極電極52和配線層53及55是藉由導電材料所構成。
On the
其次,利用圖5及圖6來說明有關感測放大器132及頁緩衝器133的構成的一例。圖5是感測放大器132及頁緩衝器133的方塊圖。圖6是表示CUA構造的立體圖。
Next, an example of the configuration of the
如圖5所示般,在本實施形態中,定序器123是將1個的記憶體群組MG內的複數的記憶格電晶體MC分成第1格區域及第2格區域的2個來控制。同樣,定序器123是對應於第1格區域及第2格區域,將感測放大器132及頁緩衝器133分成2個來控制。例如,含在第1格區域的記憶格電晶體MC是與位元線BL0~BL(i-1)(i是1以上,未滿k的整數)建立關聯。含在第2格區域的記憶格電晶體MC是與位元線BL(i)~BL(k-1)建立關聯。另外,含在第1格區域的記憶格電晶體MC的個數與含在第2格區域的記憶格電晶體MC的個數是相同為理想。例如,含在第1格區域的記憶格電晶體MC的個數與含在第2格區域的記憶格電晶體MC的個數為相同的情況,i與k是處於i=k/2的關係。
As shown in FIG. 5, in the present embodiment, the
感測放大器132是包含按每條位元線BL而設的複數的感測電路SA。感測電路SA是在讀出動作時從被連接至對應的位元線BL的記憶格電晶體MC讀出資料,判
定資料為“0”或“1”。又,感測電路SA是在寫入動作時,根據寫入資料來對位元線BL施加電壓。感測電路SA是亦可包含用以暫時性地記憶讀出資料或寫入資料的鎖存電路。在以下,將被連接至對應於第1格區域中所含的記憶格電晶體MC的位元線BL之感測電路記載為「感測電路SA1」。又,將被連接至對應於第2格區域中所含的記憶格電晶體MC的位元線BL之感測電路記載為「感測電路SA2」。
The
頁緩衝器133是對應於1個的感測電路SA,包含鎖存電路ADL、BDL及XDL。感測電路SA和鎖存電路ADL、BDL及XDL是彼此連接。換言之,感測電路SA和鎖存電路ADL、BDL及XDL是被連接成彼此可收發資料。鎖存電路ADL、BDL及XDL是暫時性地記憶資料DAT。例如,在讀出動作時,感測電路SA所使確定的讀出資料是從感測電路SA轉送至鎖存電路ADL、BDL及XDL的任一個。
The
鎖存電路XDL是經由資料匯流排來連接至串列存取控制器126,被用在串列存取控制器126與感測放大器132之間的資料的收發。
The latch circuit XDL is connected to the
另外,頁緩衝器133的構成是不被限定於此,可為各種變更。例如,頁緩衝器133所具備的鎖存電路的個數是可根據1個的記憶格電晶體MC所保持的資料的位元數來設計。
In addition, the configuration of the
在以下,將對應於感測電路SA1的鎖存電路 ADL、BDL及XDL記載為「鎖存電路ADL1」、「鎖存電路BDL1」及「鎖存電路XDL1」。又,將對應於感測電路SA2的鎖存電路ADL、BDL及XDL記載為「鎖存電路ADL2」、「鎖存電路BDL2」及「鎖存電路XDL2」。又,將對應於1個的位元線BL的感測電路SA、鎖存電路ADL、BDL及XDL的組合記載為「感測放大器單元SAU」。進一步,將感測電路SA1、鎖存電路ADL1、BDL1及XDL1的組合記載為「感測放大器單元SAU1」,將感測電路SA2、鎖存電路ADL2、BDL2及XDL2的組合記載為「感測放大器單元SAU2」。 In the following, the latch circuit corresponding to the sensing circuit SA1 ADL, BDL, and XDL are described as "latch circuit ADL1", "latch circuit BDL1", and "latch circuit XDL1". Also, the latch circuits ADL, BDL, and XDL corresponding to the sensing circuit SA2 are described as "latch circuit ADL2", "latch circuit BDL2", and "latch circuit XDL2". Also, a combination of the sense circuit SA, latch circuits ADL, BDL, and XDL corresponding to one bit line BL is described as a "sense amplifier unit SAU". Furthermore, the combination of the sensing circuit SA1, the latch circuits ADL1, BDL1, and XDL1 is described as "sense amplifier unit SAU1", and the combination of the sensing circuit SA2, latch circuits ADL2, BDL2, and XDL2 is described as "sense amplifier unit SAU1". Unit SAU2".
在本實施形態中,對應於第1格區域的複數的感測放大器單元SAU1會被集合於1個的區域而配置,對應於第2格區域的複數的感測放大器單元SAU2會被集合於別的區域而配置。 In this embodiment, a plurality of sense amplifier units SAU1 corresponding to the first grid area are arranged in one area, and a plurality of sense amplifier units SAU2 corresponding to the second grid area are aggregated in another area. configured for the region.
其次,說明有關記憶體群組MG的配置與感測放大器單元SAU的配置的關係。 Next, the relationship between the configuration of the memory group MG and the configuration of the sense amplifier unit SAU will be described.
如圖6所示般,CUA構造的情況,在Z方向,在感測放大器132及頁緩衝器133的上方,配置有記憶格陣列130。例如,在記憶格陣列130中,含在記憶體群組MG的複數的記憶格電晶體MC會排列於X方向而配置。又,複數的區塊BLK會排列於Y方向而配置。在感測放大器132及頁緩衝器133中,在對應於1個的記憶格電晶體MC的感測放大器單元SAU內,感測電路SA、鎖存電路ADL、BDL及XDL會排列於Y方向而配置。另外,難以將感測電路SA、
鎖存電路ADL、BDL及XDL配置於一段時、亦可複數段配置。
As shown in FIG. 6 , in the case of the CUA structure, the
其次,利用圖7來說明有關記憶格電晶體MC的取得的臨界值電壓分佈。圖7是表示記憶格電晶體MC的臨界值電壓分佈與資料的分配的關係的圖。以下,在本實施形態中,說明有關記憶格電晶體MC可保持8值(3位元)的資料的TLC(Triple Level Cell)(或亦記載為「3bit/Cell」)的情況。但,記憶格電晶體MC可保持的資料是不被限定於8值。 Next, the obtained threshold voltage distribution related to the memory cell transistor MC will be described using FIG. 7 . FIG. 7 is a graph showing the relationship between the threshold voltage distribution of memory cell transistor MC and the distribution of data. Hereinafter, in this embodiment, the case of a TLC (Triple Level Cell) (or also referred to as "3bit/Cell") which can hold 8-value (3-bit) data in the memory cell transistor MC will be described. However, the data that the memory cell transistor MC can hold is not limited to 8 values.
如圖7所示般,各個的記憶格電晶體MC的臨界值電壓是取離散性的例如8個的分佈的任一個中所含的值。以下,將8個的分佈予以依臨界值電壓低的順序分別記載為“S0”狀態(或亦記載為臨界值區域)、“S1”狀態、“S2”狀態、“S3”狀態、“S4”狀態、“S5”狀態、“S6”狀態及“S7”狀態。 As shown in FIG. 7, the threshold voltage of each memory cell transistor MC takes a value included in any one of discrete, for example, eight distributions. Hereinafter, the eight distributions are described as "S0" state (or also described as critical value area), "S1" state, "S2" state, "S3" state, and "S4" in order of lower threshold voltage state, "S5" state, "S6" state and "S7" state.
“S0”狀態是例如相當於資料的消去狀態。而且“S1”~“S7”狀態是相當於電荷被注入至電荷蓄積層而資料被寫入的狀態。在寫入動作中,將對應於各臨界值電壓分佈的驗證電壓設為V1~V7。於是,該等的電壓值是處於V1<V2<V3<V4<V5<V6<V7<Vread的關係。電壓V1~V7是在讀出動作時,被施加於被連接至讀出對象的記憶格電晶體MC的字元線WL(以下亦記載為「選擇字元 線WL」)的電壓。電壓Vread是在讀出動作時,被施加於被連接至不是讀出對象的記憶格電晶體MC的字元線WL(以下亦記載為「非選擇字元線WL」)的電壓。記憶格電晶體MC是若電壓Vread被施加於閘極,則不論保持的資料,設為ON狀態。 The "S0" state is, for example, a state corresponding to data erasure. Moreover, the states "S1"-"S7" correspond to the states in which charges are injected into the charge storage layer and data is written. In the write operation, verify voltages corresponding to the respective threshold voltage distributions are V1 to V7. Therefore, the voltage values are in the relationship of V1<V2<V3<V4<V5<V6<V7<Vread. The voltages V1~V7 are applied to the word line WL (hereinafter also referred to as "selected word") connected to the memory cell transistor MC to be read during the read operation. Line WL") voltage. The voltage Vread is a voltage applied to a word line WL (hereinafter also referred to as “non-selected word line WL”) connected to a memory cell transistor MC not to be read during a read operation. When the voltage Vread is applied to the gate of the memory cell transistor MC, it is set to an ON state regardless of the data held.
更具體而言,在“S0”狀態所含的臨界值電壓是未滿電壓V1。在“S1”狀態所含的臨界值電壓是電壓V1以上,且未滿電壓V2。含“S2”狀態所含的臨界值電壓是電壓V2以上,且未滿電壓V3。在“S3”狀態所含的臨界值電壓是電壓V3以上,且未滿電壓V4。在“S4”狀態所含的臨界值電壓是電壓V4以上,且未滿電壓V5。在“S5”狀態所含的臨界值電壓是電壓V5以上,且未滿電壓V6。在“S6”狀態所含的臨界值電壓是電壓V6以上,且未滿電壓V7。而且,在“S7”狀態所含的臨界值電壓是電壓V7以上,且未滿電壓Vread。 More specifically, the threshold voltage included in the "S0" state is the sub-full voltage V1. The threshold voltage included in the "S1" state is equal to or greater than the voltage V1 and less than the full voltage V2. The threshold voltage included in the "S2" state is above the voltage V2 and below the voltage V3. The threshold voltage included in the "S3" state is equal to or greater than the voltage V3 and less than the full voltage V4. The threshold voltage included in the "S4" state is equal to or greater than the voltage V4 and less than the full voltage V5. The threshold voltage included in the "S5" state is equal to or greater than the voltage V5 and less than the full voltage V6. The threshold voltage included in the "S6" state is equal to or greater than the voltage V6 and less than the full voltage V7. Furthermore, the threshold voltage included in the "S7" state is equal to or greater than the voltage V7 and less than the full voltage Vread.
另外,對應於各狀態的驗證電壓的設定值與讀出電壓的設定值是可為相同,或亦可為相異。在以下,為了將說明簡略化,針對驗證電壓與讀出電壓為相同的設定值的情況進行說明。 In addition, the set value of the verification voltage and the set value of the read voltage corresponding to each state may be the same or different. In the following, for simplification of the description, the case where the verify voltage and the read voltage have the same set value will be described.
以下,將對應於“S1”~“S7”狀態的讀出動作之讀出動作分別記載為讀出動作R1、R2、R3、R4、R5、R6及R7。讀出動作R1是判定記憶格電晶體MC的臨界值電壓是否未滿電壓V1。讀出動作R2是判定記憶格電晶體MC的臨界值電壓是否未滿電壓V2。以下,同樣,讀出動作 R3~R7是分別判定記憶格電晶體MC的臨界值電壓是否未滿電壓V3~V7。 Hereinafter, the read operations corresponding to the states "S1"-"S7" are described as read operations R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, and R7, respectively. The readout operation R1 is to determine whether the threshold voltage of the memory cell transistor MC is less than the full voltage V1. The readout operation R2 is to determine whether the threshold voltage of the memory cell transistor MC is less than the full voltage V2. Following, similarly, the read operation R3-R7 respectively determine whether the threshold voltage of the memory cell transistor MC is less than the full voltage V3-V7.
各記憶格電晶體MC是藉由具有8個的臨界值電壓分佈的任一個,可取8種類的狀態。藉由以2進位制來將該等的狀態分配成“000”~“111”,各記憶格電晶體MC是可保持3位元的資料。以下,將3位元的資料分別記載為Lower位元、Middle位元及Upper位元。將一併被寫入(被讀出)至記憶體群組MG的Lower位元的集合記載為Lower頁,將Middle位元的集合記載為Middle頁,將Upper位元的集合記載為Upper頁。 Each memory cell transistor MC can take 8 kinds of states by having any one of 8 threshold voltage distributions. By distributing these states as "000"~"111" in binary system, each memory cell transistor MC can hold 3-bit data. Hereinafter, the data of 3 bits are respectively described as Lower bit, Middle bit and Upper bit. A set of Lower bits to be written (read) together into the memory group MG is described as a Lower page, a set of Middle bits is described as a Middle page, and a set of Upper bits is described as an Upper page.
在圖7的例子中,對於含在各臨界值電壓分佈的記憶格電晶體MC,如以下般,資料被分配成“Upper位元/Middle位元/Lower位元”。對於各狀態,以在2個的鄰接的狀態(狀態)間,1位元的資料會成為變化的格雷編碼之方式,分配資料。 In the example of FIG. 7 , for memory cell transistors MC included in each threshold voltage distribution, data is allocated as "Upper bit/Middle bit/Lower bit" as follows. For each state, data is allocated in such a manner that 1-bit data is changed between two adjacent states (states) in Gray code.
“S0”狀態:“111”資料 "S0" status: "111" data
“S1”狀態:“101”資料 "S1" status: "101" data
“S2”狀態:“001”資料 "S2" status: "001" data
“S3”狀態:“011”資料 "S3" status: "011" data
“S4”狀態:“010”資料 "S4" status: "010" data
“S5”狀態:“110”資料 "S5" status: "110" information
“S6”狀態:“100”資料 "S6" status: "100" data
“S7”狀態:“000”資料 "S7" status: "000" data
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是 藉由讀出動作R4來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R3及R6來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R2、R5及R7來確定。亦即,Lower位元、Middle位元、及Upper位元的值是分別藉由1次、3次、及3次的讀出動作來確定。換言之,將成為用以判定位元值的境界之電壓的數量(以下記載為「境界數」)是對於Lower位元、Middle位元、及Upper位元,為1個、3個、及3個。在以下,將此資料的分配予以利用境界數來記載為「1-3-3編碼」。 When reading the data allocated in this way, the Lower page is Determined by the readout action R4. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R1, R3 and R6. The upper page is determined by the read operations R2, R5 and R7. That is, the values of the Lower bit, the Middle bit, and the Upper bit are determined by 1, 3, and 3 read operations, respectively. In other words, the number of voltages that will be used to determine the boundary of the bit value (hereinafter referred to as "the number of boundaries") is 1, 3, and 3 for the Lower bit, Middle bit, and Upper bit . Hereinafter, the allocation of this data is described as "1-3-3 code" by using the boundary number.
在本實施形態中,在資料對於Upper位元、Middle位元及Lower位元的分配中,境界數為1個的位元含有1個。進一步,境界數不是1個的位元的境界數是以境界數的最大值會形成最小的方式編碼。例如,TLC,亦即3bit/Cell的情況,全境界數為7,因此以剩下的2位元來分擔剩下的境界數6個時,境界數的最大值形成最小的是將各個的位元的境界數設為3的情況。 In this embodiment, in the allocation of data to Upper bits, Middle bits, and Lower bits, one bit has a boundary number of one. Furthermore, the level number of bits whose level number is not 1 is coded in such a manner that the maximum value of the level number becomes the minimum. For example, in the case of TLC, that is, in the case of 3bit/Cell, the total number of boundaries is 7, so when the remaining 2 bits are used to share the remaining 6 boundaries, the maximum value of the number of boundaries is formed to be the smallest. The case where the level number of meta is set to 3.
另外,對“S0”~“S7”狀態的資料的分配是不被限定於1-3-3編碼。 In addition, the allocation of data in the states "S0"~"S7" is not limited to 1-3-3 encoding.
其次,利用圖8及圖9來說明有關邏輯頁位址與物理頁位址的變換動作的一例。圖8是說明邏輯頁位址與物理頁位址的變換動作的流程的圖。圖9是表示邏輯頁資料對於物理頁的分配的圖。 Next, an example of conversion operations between logical page addresses and physical page addresses will be described with reference to FIGS. 8 and 9 . FIG. 8 is a diagram illustrating a flow of conversion operations between logical page addresses and physical page addresses. FIG. 9 is a diagram showing allocation of logical page data to physical pages.
在本實施形態中,說明有關將2頁的邏輯頁 的輸入資料分配至3頁的物理頁(亦即可記憶3頁資料的1個的記憶體群組MG)的情況。 In this embodiment, the logical page of 2 pages will be described The case where the input data is allocated to 3 physical pages (that is, one memory group MG capable of storing 3 pages of data).
如圖8所示般,例如,記憶體控制器200是若從主裝置2接受寫入要求,則對應接受的2個的邏輯位址“00001”及“00002”,分配2個的邏輯頁位址“90001”及“90002”。在以下,將被分配的2個的邏輯頁記載為「邏輯第1頁」及「邏輯第2頁」。在圖8的例子中,邏輯第1頁為對應於邏輯頁位址“90001”,邏輯第2頁為對應於邏輯頁位址“90002”。
As shown in FIG. 8, for example, if the
指令使用者介面電路121是若從記憶體控制器200接受包含2頁分的邏輯頁位址及邏輯頁的寫入命令,則按照預先被設定的匹配(mapping),將2頁分的邏輯頁位址變換成3頁分的物理頁位址。在本實施形態中,指令使用者介面電路121是將邏輯第1頁的邏輯頁位址變換成Lower頁的第1格區域及Middle頁的物理頁位址。又,指令使用者介面電路121是將邏輯第2頁的邏輯頁位址變換成Lower頁的第2格區域及Upper頁的物理頁位址。
If the instruction
1頁的邏輯頁的頁大小是比1頁的物理頁的頁大小更大。但,2頁分的邏輯頁的資料量(資料長)與3頁分的物理頁的資料量(資料長)是相同。 The page size of a logical page of 1 page is larger than the page size of a physical page of 1 page. However, the data volume (data length) of a logical page divided into 2 pages is the same as the data volume (data length) of a physical page divided into 3 pages.
在本實施形態中,將1頁的邏輯頁的頁大小設為m(m是1以上的整數),將寫入的邏輯頁數(亦即含在命令的邏輯頁位址的個數)設為a(a是1以上的整數)。又,將1頁的物理頁的頁大小設為n(n是比m小的整數),將寫入的 物理頁數(亦即記憶格電晶體MC所能記憶的資料的位元數)設為b(b是比a大的整數)。於是,1頁的物理頁,亦即1個的記憶體群組MG的頁大小n是以n=m×a/b來表示。又,第1格區域及第2格區域的頁大小是分別以n/2來表示。在本實施形態中,由於a=2且b=3,因此物理頁的頁大小是n=m×2/3。例如,邏輯頁的頁大小為16[kB]的情況,物理頁的頁大小是n=16×2/3=10.67[kB]。此情況,可實現1頁的物理頁的頁大小n=10.67[kB]的記憶格電晶體MC的個數是成為與將10.67×1024的小數點以下進位後的整數值相同或更大的整數值。亦即,記憶格電晶體MC的個數是成為與將1頁的物理頁的頁大小的小數點以下進位後的整數值相同或更大的整數值。 In this embodiment, the page size of a logical page of one page is set to m (m is an integer greater than or equal to 1), and the number of logical pages to be written (that is, the number of logical page addresses included in the command) is set to is a (a is an integer of 1 or greater). Also, assuming that the page size of a physical page of one page is n (n is an integer smaller than m), the written The number of physical pages (that is, the number of bits of data that can be stored by the memory cell transistor MC) is set to b (b is an integer greater than a). Therefore, the physical page of one page, that is, the page size n of one memory group MG is represented by n=m×a/b. Also, the page sizes of the first grid area and the second grid area are represented by n/2, respectively. In this embodiment, since a=2 and b=3, the page size of a physical page is n=m×2/3. For example, when the page size of the logical page is 16 [kB], the page size of the physical page is n=16×2/3=10.67 [kB]. In this case, the number of memory cell transistors MC that can realize the page size n=10.67[kB] of one physical page is an integer equal to or greater than the integer value rounded up from the decimal point of 10.67×1024 value. That is, the number of memory cell transistors MC is an integer value equal to or greater than an integer value obtained by rounding up the decimal point of the page size of one physical page.
在本實施形態中,物理頁的頁大小是比邏輯頁的頁大小更小。如此的情況,若藉由邏輯頁所構成的邏輯區塊BLK內的串單元SU的個數與藉由物理頁所構成的物理區塊BLK(亦即記憶格陣列130的區塊BLK)內的串單元SU的個數相同,則物理區塊BLK的區塊大小(記憶體容量)是比邏輯區塊BLK的區塊大小(記憶體容量)更小。因此,亦可以邏輯區塊BLK的記憶體容量與物理區塊BLK的記憶體容量會形成相同的方式,將物理區塊BLK內的串單元SU的個數例如從4個增加至6個。或,將物理區塊BLK的個數設為比邏輯區塊BLK的個數更多。 In this embodiment, the page size of the physical page is smaller than the page size of the logical page. In such a case, if the number of string units SU in the logical block BLK constituted by logical pages is the same as the number of string units SU in the physical block BLK constituted by physical pages (that is, the block BLK of the memory grid array 130) If the number of string units SU is the same, the block size (memory capacity) of the physical block BLK is smaller than the block size (memory capacity) of the logical block BLK. Therefore, the number of string units SU in the physical block BLK can be increased from 4 to 6, for example, in a manner that the memory capacity of the logical block BLK is the same as that of the physical block BLK. Alternatively, the number of physical blocks BLK is set to be greater than the number of logical blocks BLK.
例如,定序器123是根據在指令使用者介面電路121中被變換的物理頁位址,將邏輯第1頁的資料寫入
至1個的記憶體群組MG的Lower頁的第1格區域與Middle頁的第1及第2格區域,將邏輯第2頁的資料寫入至Lower頁的第2格區域與Upper頁的第1及第2格區域。
For example, the
其次,詳述有關1個的記憶體群組MG的邏輯頁資料的配置。 Next, the arrangement of the logical page data of one memory group MG will be described in detail.
如圖9所示般,將邏輯第1頁及邏輯第2頁的資料予以分別3分割,從前頭資料設為第1群集(cluster)~第3群集。例如,定序器123是將邏輯第1頁的第1群集寫入至Lower頁的第1格區域,將邏輯第1頁的第2群集寫入至Middle頁的第2格區域,將邏輯第1頁的第3群集寫入至Middle頁的第1格區域。又,定序器123是將邏輯第2頁的第1群集寫入至Lower頁的第2格區域,將邏輯第2頁的第2群集寫入至Upper頁的第1格區域,將邏輯第2頁的第3群集寫入至Upper頁的第2格區域。
As shown in FIG. 9 , the data on the first logical page and the second logical page are divided into three, and the first data is set as the first cluster to the third cluster. For example, the
其次,說明有關讀出動作。在本實施形態的讀出動作中,記憶體100是若從記憶體控制器200接受根據邏輯頁的讀出命令,則從對應的複數的物理頁讀出資料,將讀出後的資料合成,作為邏輯頁的資料輸出。
Next, the reading operation will be described. In the read operation of this embodiment, when the
在本實施形態中,在成為讀出對象的邏輯頁為邏輯第1頁的情況及為邏輯第2頁的情況,讀出動作不同。邏輯頁為邏輯第1頁的情況,成為讀出的對象的物理頁是Lower頁(第1格區域)及Middle頁(第1格區域及第2格區
域)。此情況,記憶體100是將Lower頁的第1格區域的資料和Middle頁的第1格區域及第2格區域的資料發送(輸出)至記憶體控制器200。另一方面,邏輯頁為邏輯第2頁的情況,成為讀出的對象的物理頁是Lower頁(第2格區域)及Upper頁(第1格區域及第2格區域)。此情況,記憶體100是將Lower頁的第2格區域的資料和Upper頁的第1格區域及第2格區域的資料發送(輸出)至記憶體控制器200。
In this embodiment, the read operation is different when the logical page to be read is the first logical page and when it is the second logical page. When the logical page is the first logical page, the physical pages to be read are the Lower page (1st cell area) and Middle page (1st cell area and 2nd cell area)
area). In this case, the
首先,利用圖10及圖11來說明有關記憶體100的讀出動作的流程。圖10及圖11是讀出動作的流程圖。
First, the flow of the read operation of the
如圖10及圖11所示般,記憶體100是從記憶體控制器200接受邏輯第1頁或邏輯第2頁的讀出命令(步驟S1)。指令使用者介面電路121是將邏輯頁位址變換成物理頁位址之後,將接受的指令及變換後的物理頁位址發送至定序器123。
As shown in FIG. 10 and FIG. 11 , the
邏輯頁位址為邏輯第1頁的邏輯頁位址時(步驟S2_Yes),定序器123是首先實行Lower頁的讀出動作(步驟S3)。更具體而言,定序器123是實行對應於讀出電壓V4的讀出動作R4。
When the logical page address is the logical page address of the first logical page (step S2_Yes), the
定序器123是根據讀出動作R4的結果,決定Lower頁的資料(步驟S4)。
The
定序器123是將感測電路SA1及SA2所讀出的
Lower頁的資料分別轉送至鎖存電路ADL1及ADL2(步驟S5)。
The
定序器123是將鎖存電路ADL1的資料(邏輯第1頁的第1群集的資料)轉送至鎖存電路XDL1(步驟S6)。
The
定序器123是在列計數器125中,設定鎖存電路XDL1的前頭位址,作為列位址CA,設定鎖存電路XDL1的前頭位址(步驟S7)。串列存取控制器126是根據在列計數器125所計數的列位址CA,從鎖存電路XDL1的前頭位址依序接收資料,轉送至輸出入電路110。輸出入電路110開始發送(輸出)鎖存電路XDL1的資料至記憶體控制器200。
The
定序器123是與鎖存電路XDL1的資料的輸出並行,實行Middle頁的讀出動作(步驟S8)。更具體而言,定序器123是實行對應於讀出電壓V1的讀出動作R1、對應於讀出電壓V3的讀出動作R3、及對應於讀出電壓V6的讀出動作R6。另外,讀出動作R1、R3及R6的順序是可任意地設定。
The
定序器123是根據讀出動作R1、R3、及R6的結果,決定Middle頁的資料(步驟S9)。
The
定序器123是將感測電路SA1及SA2所讀出的Middle頁的資料分別轉送至鎖存電路ADL1及ADL2(步驟S10)。
The
定序器123是將鎖存電路ADL2的資料(邏輯第1頁的第2群集的資料)轉送至鎖存電路XDL2(步驟S11)。
The
定序器123是當鎖存電路XDL1的資料(邏輯第1頁的第1群集的資料)的輸出未結束時(步驟S12_No),至輸出結束為止,重複資料輸出的確認動作。
The
若鎖存電路XDL1的資料的輸出結束(步驟S12_Yes),則定序器123是將鎖存電路ADL1的資料(邏輯第1頁的第3群集的資料)轉送至鎖存電路XDL1(步驟S13)。定序器123是若鎖存電路XDL2的資料(邏輯第1頁的第2群集的資料)及鎖存電路XDL1的資料(邏輯第1頁的第3群集的資料)的輸出結束,則結束邏輯第1頁的讀出動作。
If the output of the data of the latch circuit XDL1 is completed (step S12_Yes), the
當邏輯頁位址不是邏輯第1頁的邏輯頁位址時(步驟S2_No),亦即邏輯頁位址為邏輯第2頁的邏輯頁位址時,定序器123是與步驟S3同樣,首先,實行Lower頁的讀出動作(步驟S14)。
When the logical page address is not the logical page address of the first logical page (step S2_No), that is, when the logical page address is the logical page address of the second logical page, the
定序器123是根據讀出動作R4的結果,決定Lower頁的資料(步驟S15)。
The
定序器123是將感測電路SA1及SA2所讀出的Lower頁的資料分別轉送至鎖存電路ADL1及ADL2(步驟S16)。
The
定序器123是將鎖存電路ADL2的資料(邏輯第2頁的第1群集的資料)轉送至鎖存電路XDL2(步驟S17)。
The
定序器123是在列計數器125中,設定鎖存電路XDL2的前頭位址,作為列位址CA(步驟S18)。串列存取控制器126是根據在列計數器125計數的列位址CA,從鎖存電路XDL2的前頭位址依序接收資料,轉送至輸出入電
路110。輸出入電路110是開始發送(輸出)鎖存電路XDL2的資料至記憶體控制器200。
The
定序器123是與鎖存電路XDL2的資料的輸出並行,實行Upper頁的讀出動作(步驟S19)。更具體而言,定序器123是實行對應於讀出電壓V2的讀出動作R2、及對應於讀出電壓V5的讀出動作R5、以及對應於讀出電壓V7的讀出動作R7。另外,讀出動作R2、R5及R7的順序是可任意地設定。
The
定序器123是根據讀出動作R2、R5、及R7的結果,決定Upper頁的資料(步驟S20)。
The
定序器123是將感測電路SA1及SA2所讀出的Upper頁的資料分別轉送至鎖存電路ADL1及ADL2(步驟S21)。
The
定序器123是將鎖存電路ADL1的資料(邏輯第2頁的第2群集的資料)轉送至鎖存電路XDL1(步驟S22)。
The
定序器123是當鎖存電路XDL2的資料(邏輯第2頁的第1群集的資料)的輸出未結束時(步驟S23_No),至輸出結束為止,重複資料輸出的確認動作。
The
若鎖存電路XDL2的資料的輸出結束(步驟S23_Yes),則定序器123是將鎖存電路ADL2的資料(邏輯第2頁的第3群集的資料)轉送至鎖存電路XDL2(步驟S24)。又,定序器123是在列計數器125中,設定鎖存電路XDL1的前頭位址,作為列位址CA。串列存取控制器126是根據在列計數器125計數的列位址CA,從鎖存電路XDL1的前
頭位址依序接收資料,轉送至輸出入電路110。輸出入電路110是開始發送(輸出)鎖存電路XDL1的資料至記憶體控制器200。定序器123是若鎖存電路XDL1的資料(邏輯第2頁的第2群集的資料)及鎖存電路XDL2的資料(邏輯第2頁的第3群集的資料)的輸出結束,則結束邏輯第2頁的讀出動作。
If the output of the data of the latch circuit XDL2 is completed (step S23_Yes), the
其次,利用圖12及圖13來說明有關讀出動作時的選擇字元線的電壓。圖12是表示邏輯第1頁的讀出動作的選擇字元線WL的電壓的時間圖。圖13是表示邏輯第2頁的讀出動作的選擇字元線WL的電壓的時間圖。 Next, the voltage of the selected word line during the read operation will be described using FIG. 12 and FIG. 13 . FIG. 12 is a timing chart showing the voltage of the selected word line WL in the read operation of the first logical page. FIG. 13 is a timing chart showing the voltage of the selected word line WL in the read operation of the second logical page.
如圖12所示般,為了讀出邏輯第1頁的資料,定序器123是讀出Lower頁的資料與Middle頁的資料。亦即,定序器123是依序實行對應於Lower頁的讀出動作R4和對應於Middle頁的讀出動作R1、R3及R6。
As shown in FIG. 12 , in order to read the data of the first logical page, the
更具體而言,在時刻t0,行解碼器131是對選擇字元線WL施加對應於讀出動作R4的讀出電壓V4。
More specifically, at time t0, the
在時刻t1,行解碼器131是對選擇字元線WL施加對應於讀出動作R1的讀出電壓V1。
At time t1, the
在時刻t2,行解碼器131是對選擇字元線WL施加對應於讀出動作R3的讀出電壓V3。
At time t2, the
在時刻t3,行解碼器131是對選擇字元線WL施加對應於讀出動作R6的讀出電壓V6。
At time t3, the
在時刻t4,行解碼器131是對選擇字元線WL施加接地電壓VSS,結束讀出電壓的施加。
At time t4,
另外,行解碼器131對選擇字元線WL施加電壓V1、V3、V4及V6的順序是可更換。例如,行解碼器131是亦可對選擇字元線WL依序施加電壓V4、V6、V3及V1,或亦可依序施加電壓V1、V3、V4及V6。又,行解碼器131是亦可依序施加電壓V6、V4、V3及V1。
In addition, the order in which the
如圖13所示般,為了讀出邏輯第2頁的資料,定序器123是讀出Lower頁的資料及Upper頁的資料。亦即,定序器123是依序實行對應於Lower頁的讀出動作R4,及對應於Upper頁的讀出動作R2、R5及R7。
As shown in FIG. 13 , in order to read the data of the second logical page, the
更具體而言,在時刻t0,行解碼器131是對選擇字元線WL施加對應於讀出動作R4的讀出電壓V4。
More specifically, at time t0, the
在時刻t1,行解碼器131是對選擇字元線WL施加對應於讀出動作R2的讀出電壓V2。
At time t1, the
在時刻t2,行解碼器131是對選擇字元線WL施加對應於讀出動作R5的讀出電壓V5。
At time t2, the
在時刻t3,行解碼器131是對選擇字元線WL施加對應於讀出動作R7的讀出電壓V7。
At time t3, the
在時刻t4,行解碼器131是對選擇字元線WL施加接地電壓VSS,結束讀出電壓的施加。
At time t4,
另外,行解碼器131對選擇字元線WL施加電壓V2、V4、V5、V7的順序是可更換。例如,行解碼器131是亦可對選擇字元線WL依序施加電壓V4、V7、V5及V2,
或亦可依序施加電壓V2、V4、V5及V7。又,行解碼器131是亦可依序施加電壓V7、V5、V4及V2。
In addition, the order in which the
其次,利用圖14及圖15來說明有關讀出動作的命令順序的一例。圖14是表示邏輯第1頁的讀出動作的命令順序。圖15是表示邏輯第2頁的讀出動作的命令順序。在圖14及圖15的例子中,為了將說明簡略化,訊號CEn、CLE、ALE、WEn及REn是被省略。在以下的說明中,將從記憶體100發送至記憶體控制器200的預備/忙碌訊號RBn記載為「外部RBn訊號」。又,將在記憶體100內表示記憶體100是否為忙碌狀態的內部訊號記載為「內部RBn訊號」。在訊號DQ中,指令是記載於圓框內,位址是記載於四角形框內,資料是記載於六角形框內。又,當有效資料被記憶於頁緩衝器133的任一的鎖存電路時,鎖存電路是以圓角的四角形框來表記。進一步,在圖14及圖15的例子中,一併顯示內部RBn訊號為忙碌狀態的情況的選擇字元線WL的電壓。
Next, an example of the command sequence related to the read operation will be described with reference to FIGS. 14 and 15 . FIG. 14 shows the command sequence of the read operation of the first logical page. FIG. 15 shows the command sequence of the read operation of the second logical page. In the examples of FIG. 14 and FIG. 15 , the signals CEn, CLE, ALE, WEn, and REn are omitted for simplicity of description. In the following description, the ready/busy signal RBn sent from the
首先,說明邏輯第1頁的讀出動作的命令順序。 First, the command sequence of the read operation of the first logical page will be described.
如圖14所示般,例如,讀出對象為邏輯第1頁的情況,記憶體控制器200是將通知實行讀出動作的指令“00h”發送至記憶體100。其次,記憶體控制器200是發送邏輯第1頁的邏輯頁位址“AD-P1”。在記憶體100中,指
令使用者介面電路121是將接收的邏輯頁位址“AD-P1”變換成物理頁位址。其次,記憶體控制器200是將命令讀出動作的實行的指令“30h”發送至記憶體100。指令使用者介面電路121是依序將接受的指令及變換後的物理頁位址發送至定序器123。
As shown in FIG. 14 , for example, when the read object is the first logical page, the
定序器123是回應指令“30h”,開始讀出動作。首先,定序器123是將內部RBn訊號及外部RBn訊號設為表示忙碌狀態的“L”位準。其次,定序器123是實行Lower頁的讀出動作(讀出動作R4)。亦即,對選擇字元線WL施加讀出電壓V4。Lower頁的讀出結果是被儲存於鎖存電路ADL1及ADL2。然後,鎖存電路ADL1的資料是被轉送至鎖存電路XDL1。定序器123是若Lower頁的讀出動作結束,則將外部RBn訊號設為表示預備(ready)狀態的“H”位準。又,定序器123是若Lower頁的讀出動作結束,則開始其次Middle頁的讀出動作(讀出動作R1、R3及R6)。亦即,對選擇字元線WL依序施加讀出電壓V1、V3及V6。
The
記憶體控制器200是若接收H”位準的外部RBn訊號,則將訊號REn(未圖示)發送至記憶體100。輸出入電路110是按照訊號REn,開始資料的輸出。首先,輸出入電路110是輸出鎖存電路XDL1的資料。在鎖存電路XDL1的資料被輸出的期間,若Middle頁的讀出動作結束,則定序器123是將內部RBn訊號設為“H”位準。Middle頁的讀出結果是被儲存於鎖存電路ADL1及ADL2。另外,鎖存電路XDL1的資料的輸出要比Middle頁的讀出動作結
束更先結束時,定序器123是亦可一旦將外部RBn訊號設為“L”位準(忙碌狀態),使對記憶體控制器200的資料的輸出中斷。藉此,在輸出Lower頁的第1格區域的資料之後,可連續輸出Middle頁的第2格區域的資料。
The
其次,鎖存電路ADL2的資料會被轉送至鎖存電路XDL2。輸出入電路110是若鎖存電路XDL1的資料的輸出結束,則開始接著鎖存電路XDL2的資料的輸出。在鎖存電路XDL2的資料被輸出的期間,鎖存電路ADL1的資料會被轉送至鎖存電路XDL1。輸出入電路110是若鎖存電路XDL2的資料的輸出結束,則接著實行鎖存電路XDL1的資料的輸出。若鎖存電路XDL1的資料的輸出結束,則邏輯第1頁的讀出動作結束。另外,記憶體100是亦可將外部RBn訊號設為與內部RBn訊號相同,在讀出邏輯第1頁的全部的資料之後,將外部RBn訊號(內部RBn訊號)設為“H”位準,輸出資料。
Secondly, the data of the latch circuit ADL2 will be transferred to the latch circuit XDL2. The input/
其次,說明邏輯第2頁的讀出動作的命令順序。
Next, the command sequence of the read operation of the
如圖15所示般,例如,讀出對象為邏輯第2頁的情況,記憶體控制器200是將通知實行讀出動作的指令“00h”發送至記憶體100。其次,記憶體控制器200是發送邏輯第2頁的邏輯頁位址“AD-P2”。在記憶體100中,指令使用者介面電路121是將接收的邏輯頁位址“AD-P2”變換至物理頁位址。其次,記憶體控制器200是將命令讀出動作的實行的指令“30h”發送至記憶體100。指令使用者介面
電路121是依序將接受的指令及變換後的物理頁位址發送至定序器123。
As shown in FIG. 15 , for example, when the read object is the second logical page, the
定序器123是回應指令“30h”,開始讀出動作。首先,定序器123是將內部RBn訊號及外部RBn訊號設為表示忙碌狀態的“L”位準。其次,定序器123是實行Lower頁的讀出動作(讀出動作R4)。亦即,對選擇字元線WL施加讀出電壓V4。Lower頁的讀出結果是被儲存於鎖存電路ADL1及ADL2。然後,鎖存電路ADL2的資料是被轉送至鎖存電路XDL2。定序器123是若Lower頁的讀出動作結束,則將外部RBn訊號設為表示預備狀態的“H”位準。又,定序器123是若Lower頁的讀出動作結束,則開始其次Upper頁的讀出動作(讀出動作R2、R5及R7)。亦即,對選擇字元線WL依序施加讀出電壓V2、V5及V7。
The
記憶體控制器200是若接收“H”位準的外部RBn訊號,則將訊號REn(未圖示)發送至記憶體100。輸出入電路110是按照訊號REn,開始資料的輸出。首先,輸出入電路110是輸出鎖存電路XDL2的資料。在鎖存電路XDL2的資料被輸出的期間,若Upper頁的讀出動作結束,則定序器123是將內部RBn訊號設為“H”位準。Upper頁的讀出結果是被儲存於鎖存電路ADL1及ADL2。另外,鎖存電路XDL2的資料的輸出要比Upper頁的讀出動作結束更先結束時,定序器123是亦可一旦將外部RBn訊號設為“L”位準(忙碌狀態),使對記憶體控制器200的資料的輸出中斷。藉此,在輸出Lower頁的第2格區域的資料之後,可連
續輸出Upper頁的第1格區域的資料。
The
其次,鎖存電路ADL1的資料會被轉送至鎖存電路XDL1。輸出入電路110是若鎖存電路XDL2的資料的輸出結束,則開始接著鎖存電路XDL1的資料的輸出。在鎖存電路XDL1的資料被輸出的期間,鎖存電路ADL2的資料會被轉送至鎖存電路XDL2。輸出入電路110是若鎖存電路XDL1的資料的輸出結束,則實行接著鎖存電路XDL2的資料的輸出。若鎖存電路XDL2的資料的輸出結束,則邏輯第2頁的讀出動作結束。另外,記憶體100是亦可將外部RBn訊號設為與內部RBn訊號相同,在讀出邏輯第2頁的全部的資料之後,將外部RBn訊號(內部RBn訊號)設為“H”位準,輸出資料。
Secondly, the data of the latch circuit ADL1 will be transferred to the latch circuit XDL1. The input/
其次,說明有關寫入動作。寫入動作是大致包含程式動作及程式驗證(verify)動作。程式動作是藉由將電子注入至電荷蓄積層,使臨界值電壓上昇(或幾乎不使電子注入至電荷蓄積層,使維持臨界值電壓)的動作。程式驗證動作是程式動作之後,讀出資料,判定記憶格電晶體MC的臨界值電壓是否到達作為目標的目標位準的動作。以下,將記憶格電晶體MC的臨界值電壓到達目標位準的情況記載為「通過驗證」,將未到達至目標位準的情況記載為「驗證失敗」。更具體而言,例如,在程式驗證動作中,被讀出的資料的失敗位元數為預先被設定的基準 值以上的情況,判定成「驗證失敗」。然後,藉由重複程式動作與程式驗證動作的組合(以下稱為「程式循環(program loop)」),記憶格電晶體MC的臨界值電壓被上昇至目標位準。 Next, the writing operation will be described. The write operation generally includes a program operation and a program verification (verify) operation. The programming operation is an operation of increasing the threshold voltage by injecting electrons into the charge storage layer (or maintaining the threshold voltage by injecting almost no electrons into the charge storage layer). The program verification operation is an operation of reading data after the program operation, and determining whether the threshold voltage of the memory cell transistor MC has reached the target target level. Hereinafter, the case where the threshold voltage of the memory cell transistor MC reaches the target level is described as "passed verification", and the case where the threshold voltage does not reach the target level is described as "verified failure". More specifically, for example, in the program verification operation, the number of failed bits of the read data is a preset standard If the value exceeds the value, it is judged as "authentication failed". Then, by repeating the combination of the program operation and the program verification operation (hereinafter referred to as "program loop"), the threshold voltage of the memory cell transistor MC is raised to the target level.
在本實施形態中,邏輯第1頁及邏輯第2頁的資料會一併被寫入至具有Lower頁、Middle頁及Uppwer頁的記憶體群組MG。亦即,3位元的資料會一併被寫入至1個的記憶格電晶體MC。以下,將一併寫入複數的物理頁的資料的動作記載為「全順序寫入動作」。在本實施形態的全順序寫入動作中,實行“S1”狀態~“S7”狀態的寫入。例如,在全順序寫入動作中,臨界值電壓會從低的狀態依序被寫入。例如,邏輯頁的頁大小與物理頁的頁大小為相同的情況,若“S1”~“S3”狀態被寫入至記憶格陣列130,則鎖存電路XDL在“S1”~“S3”狀態的寫入動作是成為不需要。因此,鎖存電路XDL是作為其次的寫入資料用的快取記憶體(cache memory)使用。但,本實施形態的情況,由於物理性的鎖存電路XDL的數量為邏輯頁的頁大小(例如16kB)的2/3(例如10.67kB),因此無法將邏輯頁的1頁資料全部儲存於鎖存電路XDL。因此,首先將邏輯頁的2/3的頁資料輸入至空的鎖存電路XDL之後,一旦將訊號RBn設為忙碌狀態。然後,至S1”~“S5”狀態為止被寫入至記憶格陣列130,當鎖存電路ADL或鎖存電路BDL在寫入動作成為不需要時,亦可將訊號RBn設為預備狀態,輸入邏輯頁的剩下的頁資料至鎖存電路XDL。或,亦可在各感測放
大器單元SAU追加1個鎖存電路。
In this embodiment, the data of the first logical page and the second logical page will be written into the memory group MG having the Lower page, the Middle page and the Upper page. That is, 3-bit data will be written into one memory cell transistor MC at the same time. Hereinafter, the operation of collectively writing data on a plurality of physical pages is described as "full sequential writing operation". In the full sequential writing operation of this embodiment, writing in the "S1" state to the "S7" state is performed. For example, in a full sequential write operation, threshold voltages are written sequentially from a low state. For example, when the page size of the logical page is the same as the page size of the physical page, if the states of "S1"~"S3" are written into the
在本實施形態中,記憶體100是藉由交替地轉送輸入資料至鎖存電路XDL1及XDL2,控制成邏輯頁的資料輸入可連續地進行。
In this embodiment, the
其次,利用圖16及圖17來說明有關記憶體100的寫入動作的流程。圖16及圖17是寫入動作的流程圖。
Next, the flow of the writing operation of the
如圖16及圖17所示般,記憶體100是在寫入命令的接受中,從記憶體控制器200接收邏輯第1頁的邏輯頁位址(步驟S201)。指令使用者介面電路121是將邏輯第1頁的邏輯頁位址變換成物理頁位址。
As shown in FIGS. 16 and 17 , the
定序器123是在列計數器125中,設定鎖存電路XDL1的前頭位址,作為列位址CA(步驟S202)。
The
在頁緩衝器133中,根據從列計數器125接收的列位址CA,開始對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第1頁的第1群集的資料輸入(步驟S203)。
In the
定序器123是對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第1頁的第1群集的資料輸入未結束時(步驟S204_No),至輸入結束為止,重複資料輸入的確認動作。
The
若對鎖存電路XDL1的資料輸入結束(步驟S204_Yes)則定序器123是將鎖存電路XDL1的資料轉送至鎖存電路ADL1(步驟S205)。又,若對鎖存電路XDL1的資
料輸入結束,則接著開始對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第1頁的第2群集的資料輸入。另外,步驟S205是亦可在對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第1頁的第2群集的資料輸入中被實行。
If the data input to the latch circuit XDL1 is completed (step S204_Yes), the
定序器123是對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第1頁的第2群集的資料輸入未結束時(步驟S206_No),至輸入結束為止,重複資料輸入的確認動作。
The
若對鎖存電路XDL2的資料輸入結束(步驟S206_Yes),則定序器123是在列計數器125中,設定鎖存電路XDL1的前頭位址,作為列位址CA(步驟S207)。
If the data input to the latch circuit XDL2 is completed (step S206_Yes), the
在頁緩衝器133中,根據從列計數器125接收的列位址CA,開始對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第1頁的第3群集的資料輸入。
In the
定序器123是對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第1頁的第3群集的資料輸入未結束時(步驟S208_No),至輸入結束為止,重複資料輸入的確認動作。
The
若對鎖存電路XDL1的資料輸入結束(步驟S208_Yes),則對鎖存電路XDL1及XDL2的邏輯第1頁的資料輸入結束。 When the data input to the latch circuit XDL1 is completed (step S208_Yes), the data input to the logical first page of the latch circuits XDL1 and XDL2 is completed.
定序器123是將鎖存電路XDL1及XDL2的資料分別轉送至鎖存電路BDL1及BDL2(步驟S209)。
The
其次,記憶體100是從記憶體控制器200接收邏輯第2頁的邏輯頁位址(步驟S210)。指令使用者介面電路121是將邏輯第2頁的邏輯頁位址變換成物理頁位址。另外,在對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第1頁的第3群集的資料輸
入中,定序器123是亦可將鎖存電路XDL2的資料轉送至鎖存電路BDL2。
Next, the
定序器123是在列計數器125中,設定鎖存電路XDL2的前頭位址,作為列位址CA(步驟S211)。
The
在頁緩衝器133中,根據從列計數器125接收的列位址CA,開始對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第2頁的第1群集的資料輸入(步驟S212)。另外,在對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第2頁的第1群集的資料輸入中,定序器123是亦可將鎖存電路XDL1的資料轉送至鎖存電路BDL1。
In the
定序器123是對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第2頁的第1群集的資料輸入未結束時(步驟S213_No),至輸入結束為止,重複資料輸入的確認動作。
The
若對鎖存電路XDL2的資料輸入結束(步驟S213_Yes),則定序器123是將鎖存電路XDL2的資料轉送至鎖存電路ADL2(步驟S214)。又,定序器123是在列計數器125中,設定鎖存電路XDL1的前頭位址,作為列位址CA(步驟S215)。在頁緩衝器133中,根據從列計數器125接收的列位址CA,依序實行對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第2頁的第2群集的資料輸入,及對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第2頁的第3群集的資料輸入。另外,步驟S213_Yes的情況,亦可接著開始對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第2頁的第2群集的資料輸入,在該期間,定序器123實行步驟S214。
If the data input to the latch circuit XDL2 is completed (step S213_Yes), the
定序器123是對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第2頁的第3群集的資料輸入未結束時(步驟S216_No),至輸入結
束為止,重複資料輸入的確認動作。
When the
若鎖存電路XDL2的資料輸入結束(步驟S216_Yes),則結束對鎖存電路XDL1及XDL2的邏輯第2頁的資料輸入。定序器123是將外部RBn訊號及內部RBn訊號設為“L”位準。而且,定序器123是根據被輸入的邏輯第1頁的資料及邏輯第2頁的資料,亦即Lower頁、Middle頁及Upper頁的資料的組合,決定各記憶格電晶體MC的狀態。
When the data input to the latch circuit XDL2 is completed (step S216_Yes), the data input to the second logic page of the latch circuits XDL1 and XDL2 is terminated. The
定序器123是根據被決定的狀態來實行程式動作(步驟S217)。
The
程式動作結束後,定序器123是實行程式驗證動作(步驟S218)。
After the program operation is completed, the
未通過驗證時(步驟S219_No),定序器123是確認程式循環次數是否到達預先被設定的上限次數(步驟S220)。
If the verification is not passed (step S219_No), the
程式循環次數未到達上限次數時(步驟S220_No),定序器123是實行程式動作(步驟S217)。亦即,定序器123是重複程式循環。
When the number of program loops does not reach the upper limit (step S220_No), the
程式循環次數到達上限次數時(步驟S220_Yes),定序器123是結束寫入動作,將寫入動作未正常結束的意旨報告記憶體控制器200。
When the number of program loops reaches the upper limit (step S220_Yes), the
通過驗證時(步驟S219_Yes),亦即,若“S1”狀態~“S7”狀態的寫入結束,則定序器123是將外部RBn訊號設為“H”位準,結束全順序寫入動作。
When the verification is passed (step S219_Yes), that is, if the writing of the “S1” state to the “S7” state is completed, the
其次,利用圖18來說明有關寫入動作的命令順序的一例。圖18是表示全順序寫入動作的命令順序。在圖18的例子中,為了將說明簡略化,訊號CEn、CLE、ALE、WEn及REn是被省略。 Next, an example of the command sequence related to the write operation will be described using FIG. 18 . FIG. 18 shows the command sequence of the full sequential write operation. In the example of FIG. 18 , the signals CEn, CLE, ALE, WEn and REn are omitted for simplicity of description.
如圖18所示般,首先,記憶體控制器200是將通知寫入動作的指令“80h”發送至記憶體100。其次,記憶體控制器200是發送邏輯第1頁的邏輯頁位址“AD-P1”。在記憶體100中,指令使用者介面電路121是將接收的邏輯頁位址“AD-P1”變換成物理頁位址。其次,記憶體控制器200是將邏輯第1頁的資料發送至記憶體100。邏輯第1頁的第1群集是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL1之後,被轉送至鎖存電路ADL1。邏輯第1頁的第2群集是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL2之後,被轉送至鎖存電路BDL2。邏輯第1頁的第3群集是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL1之後,被轉送至鎖存電路BDL1。
As shown in FIG. 18 , first, the
其次,記憶體控制器200是將通知其次的邏輯頁的資料輸入的指令“1Ah”發送至記憶體100。其次,記憶體控制器200是將指令“80h”及邏輯第2頁的邏輯頁位址“AD-P2”發送至記憶體100。在記憶體100中,指令使用者介面電路121是將接收的邏輯頁位址“AD-P2”變換成物理頁位址。其次,記憶體控制器200是將邏輯第2頁的資料發送至記憶體100。邏輯第2頁的第1群集是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL2之後,被轉送至鎖存電路ADL2。邏輯第2頁的第2群集是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL1。邏輯第2頁的第3群集是被
儲存於鎖存電路XDL2。其次,記憶體控制器200是將指示寫入動作的實行的指令“10h”發送至記憶體100。
Next, the
定序器123是若接受指令“10h”,則將內部RBn訊號及外部RBn訊號設為“L”位準。而且,定序器123是根據被儲存於鎖存電路ADL1、ADL2、BDL1、BDL2、XDL1及XDL2的資料,決定各記憶格電晶體MC的狀態,實行寫入動作。定序器123是寫入動作結束後,將內部RBn訊號及外部RBn訊號設為“H”位準。另外,邏輯第1頁的第1群集是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL1之後,在邏輯第1頁的第2群集的資料被儲存於鎖存電路XDL2的期間,被轉送至鎖存電路ADL1。邏輯第1頁的第2群集是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL2之後,在邏輯第1頁的第3群集的資料被儲存於鎖存電路XDL1的期間,被轉送至鎖存電路BDL2。邏輯第1頁的第3群集是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL1之後,在邏輯第2頁的第1群集的資料被儲存於鎖存電路XDL2的期間,被轉送至鎖存電路BDL1。邏輯第2頁的第1群集是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL2之後,在邏輯第2頁的第2群集的資料被儲存於鎖存電路XDL1的期間,被轉送至鎖存電路ADL2。邏輯第2頁的第2群集是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL1。邏輯第2頁的第3群集是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL2。藉由上述般,可使從外部(記憶體控制器200)不見從鎖存電路XDL1或鎖存電路XDL2轉傳資料至鎖存電路ADL1或鎖存電路ADL2、或鎖存電路BDL1或鎖存電路BDL2的時間。又,從邏輯第1頁內的第2群集或第3群集的位址有資料輸入時,是輸入資料
至鎖存電路XDL2及XDL1或鎖存電路XDL1,之後轉送至鎖存電路BDL2及BDL1或鎖存電路BDL1。又,從邏輯第2頁內的第2群集或第3群集的位址有資料輸入時,是輸入資料至鎖存電路XDL1及XDL2或鎖存電路XDL2,之後開始寫入動作。此情況,無資料輸入的鎖存電路XDL是被設定成“1”(非寫入資料)。
The
若為本實施形態的構成,則可抑制半導體記憶體的晶片面積的增加。詳述有關本效果。 According to the structure of this embodiment, the increase in the wafer area of a semiconductor memory can be suppressed. Details about this effect.
為了提升快閃記憶體的記憶容量,記憶格電晶體的微細化日益進展。若與記憶格電晶體的微細化一併,感測放大器、頁緩衝器等的周邊電路也微細化,則晶片面積會被縮小,可提升每個晶片面積的容量密度。但,周邊電路的微細化速度是與記憶格電晶體的微細化速度作比較緩和。這是因為動作電壓不降下,若縮小周邊電路的電晶體大小,則會引起洩漏電流的增大或記憶體壽命的降低。 In order to increase the memory capacity of the flash memory, the miniaturization of memory lattice transistors is progressing day by day. If the peripheral circuits such as sense amplifiers and page buffers are also miniaturized together with the miniaturization of memory grid transistors, the chip area will be reduced, and the capacity density of each chip area can be increased. However, the speed of miniaturization of peripheral circuits is slower than the speed of miniaturization of memory cell transistors. This is because the operating voltage does not drop, and if the size of the transistor in the peripheral circuit is reduced, the leakage current will increase or the lifetime of the memory will decrease.
為了提升每晶片面積的容量密度,提案在記憶格陣列的下方,亦即記憶格陣列與半導體基板之間設置周邊電路的構成,或將周邊電路形成於別的半導體基板上,與記憶格陣列貼合的構成等。如此的構成的情況,若記憶格陣列的微細化.高集成化(高層疊化)進展,則記憶格陣列的面積變小,但周邊電路的面積是不太變小,有周 邊電路的面積比記憶格陣列的面積更大的情況。其結果,形成晶片大小是以周邊電路的大小來決定的情形,有記憶格陣列的微細化.高層疊化難以反映於晶片面積的縮小的情況。 In order to increase the capacity density per chip area, it is proposed to arrange peripheral circuits under the memory grid array, that is, between the memory grid array and the semiconductor substrate, or form the peripheral circuit on another semiconductor substrate, and paste it with the memory grid array. Combined composition, etc. In the case of such a configuration, if the memory grid array is miniaturized. With the development of high integration (high stacking), the area of the memory grid array becomes smaller, but the area of the peripheral circuit is not too small. The area of the side circuit is larger than the area of the memory cell array. As a result, the chip size is determined by the size of the peripheral circuit, resulting in miniaturization of the cell array. Higher lamination is difficult to be reflected in the reduction of wafer area.
相對於此,若為本實施形態的構成,則可比邏輯頁更縮小物理頁的頁大小。更具體而言,可將以邏輯頁的頁大小所構成的寫入資料分割,寫入至複數的物理頁。又,可將從複數的物理頁讀出的資料合成,而作為邏輯頁的資料輸出。由於可縮小物理頁的頁大小,因此可減低對應於物理頁的感測放大器單元SAU的個數。亦即,可減低感測放大器132內的感測電路的個數及頁緩衝器133內的鎖存電路的個數。因此,可抑制半導體記憶體的晶片面積增加。
On the other hand, according to the structure of this embodiment, the page size of a physical page can be reduced further than that of a logical page. More specifically, the writing data constituted by the page size of the logical page can be divided and written to a plurality of physical pages. Also, data read from a plurality of physical pages can be combined and output as logical page data. Since the page size of the physical page can be reduced, the number of sense amplifier units SAU corresponding to the physical page can be reduced. That is, the number of sensing circuits in the
進一步,若為本實施形態的構成,則藉由比邏輯頁更縮小物理頁的頁大小,可減低感測放大器132及頁緩衝器133的面積(感測電路及鎖存電路的個數)。因此,在藉由記憶格陣列130的微細化.高層疊化,減低記憶格陣列130的面積的情況,也可減低周邊電路的面積。亦即,可減低記憶格陣列130的面積與被設在記憶格陣列130的下方的周邊電路的面積的錯配(mismatch)。因此,記憶格陣列130的微細化.高層疊化會容易反映於晶片面積的縮小。
Furthermore, according to the configuration of this embodiment, the area of the
進一步,若為本實施形態的構成,則可將從複數的物理頁讀出的資料合成而作為邏輯頁的資料輸出。
因此,可不變更記憶體控制器200的規格,適用本實施形態的半導體記憶體。亦即,原封不動援用搭載本實施形態的半導體記憶體的記憶體系統的資料管理方法,因此可使系統設計容易。
Furthermore, according to the configuration of this embodiment, the data read from a plurality of physical pages can be synthesized and output as data of a logical page.
Therefore, the semiconductor memory of this embodiment can be applied without changing the specifications of the
進一步,若為本實施形態的構成,則可縮小物理頁的頁大小。亦即,可減低被共通連接至字元線WL的1個的記憶體群組MG中所含的記憶格電晶體MC的個數。藉此,可縮短字元線WL的配線長。因此,可減低字元線WL的配線電阻及配線容量。因此,在讀出動作及寫入動作中,可縮短施加於字元線WL的電壓的充放電時間。因此,可抑制讀出動作及寫入動作的處理時間的增加。 Furthermore, according to the configuration of this embodiment, the page size of the physical page can be reduced. That is, the number of memory cell transistors MC included in one memory group MG commonly connected to the word line WL can be reduced. Thereby, the wiring length of the word line WL can be shortened. Therefore, the wiring resistance and wiring capacity of the word line WL can be reduced. Therefore, in the read operation and the write operation, the charging and discharging time of the voltage applied to the word line WL can be shortened. Therefore, an increase in the processing time of the read operation and the write operation can be suppressed.
進一步,若為本實施形態的構成,則在適用於物理頁的資料編碼中,境界數為1個的位元含有1個。進一步,境界數不是1個的位元的境界數是以境界數的最大值會形成最小的方式編碼。藉此,在對應於1個的邏輯頁來讀出複數的物理頁的情況,可抑制境界數(讀出動作的次數)的增加所致的讀出時間的增加。 Furthermore, according to the configuration of the present embodiment, in the data encoding applied to the physical page, the number of boundaries is 1 including 1 bit. Furthermore, the level number of bits whose level number is not 1 is coded in such a manner that the maximum value of the level number becomes the minimum. This makes it possible to suppress an increase in read time due to an increase in the number of boundaries (the number of read operations) when reading a plurality of physical pages corresponding to one logical page.
其次,說明有關第2實施形態。在第2實施形態中,針對與第1實施形態不同的TLC的編碼,顯示7個例子。以下,以和第1實施形態不同的點為中心進行說明。 Next, the second embodiment will be described. In the second embodiment, seven examples of TLC encoding different from those in the first embodiment are shown. Hereinafter, the description will focus on points different from the first embodiment.
首先,利用圖19來說明有關第1例的編碼。圖19是表示對各狀態的資料的分配的表。 First, the coding of the first example will be described using FIG.19. Fig. 19 is a table showing allocation of data to each status.
如圖19所示般,在本例中,與第1實施形態同樣,對於各狀態,以在2個的鄰接的狀態(狀態)間,1位元的資料會成為變化的格雷編碼之方式,分配資料。 As shown in FIG. 19, in this example, similarly to the first embodiment, for each state, between two adjacent states (states), 1-bit data can be changed into a Gray coding method, Assign data.
“S0”狀態:“111”資料 "S0" status: "111" data
“S1”狀態:“011”資料 "S1" status: "011" data
“S2”狀態:“001”資料 "S2" status: "001" data
“S3”狀態:“101”資料 "S3" status: "101" data
“S4”狀態:“100”資料 "S4" status: "100" data
“S5”狀態:“110”資料 "S5" status: "110" information
“S6”狀態:“010”資料 "S6" status: "010" data
“S7”狀態:“000”資料 "S7" status: "000" data
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R4來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R2、R5及R7來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R3及R6來確定。因此,本例的資料的分配是與第1實施形態同樣,為1-3-3編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operation R4. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R2, R5 and R7. The upper page is determined by the read operations R1, R3 and R6. Therefore, the distribution of the data in this example is 1-3-3 coding as in the first embodiment.
在本例中,與第1實施形態同樣,在資料對於Upper位元、Middle位元及Lower位元的分配中,境界數為1個的位元含有1個。進一步,境界數不是1個的位元的境界數是以境界數的最大值會形成最小的方式編碼。 In this example, as in the first embodiment, in the allocation of data to Upper bits, Middle bits, and Lower bits, one bit with a boundary number of one is included. Furthermore, the level number of bits whose level number is not 1 is coded in such a manner that the maximum value of the level number becomes the minimum.
其次,利用圖20來說明有關第2例的編碼。圖20是表示對各狀態的資料的分配的表。 Next, encoding in the second example will be described using FIG. 20 . Fig. 20 is a table showing allocation of data to each status.
如圖20所示般,在本例中,與第1實施形態同樣,對於各狀態,以在2個的鄰接的狀態(狀態)間,1位元的資料會成為變化的格雷編碼之方式,分配資料。 As shown in FIG. 20, in this example, similarly to the first embodiment, for each state, between two adjacent states (states), 1-bit data can be changed into a gray coding method, Assign data.
“S0”狀態:“110”資料 "S0" status: "110" data
“S1”狀態:“100”資料 "S1" status: "100" data
“S2”狀態:“000”資料 "S2" status: "000" data
“S3”狀態:“010”資料 "S3" status: "010" data
“S4”狀態:“011”資料 "S4" status: "011" data
“S5”狀態:“111”資料 "S5" status: "111" information
“S6”狀態:“101”資料 "S6" status: "101" information
“S7”狀態:“001”資料 "S7" status: "001" data
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R4來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R3及R6來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R2、R5及R7來確定。因此,本例的資料的分配是與第1實施形態同樣,為1-3-3編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operation R4. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R1, R3 and R6. The upper page is determined by the read operations R2, R5 and R7. Therefore, the distribution of the data in this example is 1-3-3 coding as in the first embodiment.
在本例中,與第1實施形態同樣,在資料對於Upper位元、Middle位元及Lower位元的分配中,境界數為1個的位元含有1個。進一步,境界數不是1個的位元的境界數是以境界數的最大值會形成最小的方式編碼。 In this example, as in the first embodiment, in the allocation of data to Upper bits, Middle bits, and Lower bits, one bit with a boundary number of one is included. Furthermore, the level number of bits whose level number is not 1 is coded in such a manner that the maximum value of the level number becomes the minimum.
其次,利用圖21來說明有關第3例的編碼。圖21是表示對各狀態的資料的分配的表。 Next, encoding in the third example will be described using FIG.21. Fig. 21 is a table showing allocation of data to each status.
如圖21所示般,在本例中,與第1實施形態同樣,對於各狀態,以在2個的鄰接的狀態(狀態)間,1位元的資料會成為變化的格雷編碼之方式,分配資料。 As shown in FIG. 21, in this example, similarly to the first embodiment, for each state, between two adjacent states (states), 1-bit data can be changed into a Gray coding method, Assign data.
“S0”狀態:“110”資料 "S0" status: "110" information
“S1”狀態:“010”資料 "S1" status: "010" data
“S2”狀態:“000”資料 "S2" status: "000" data
“S3”狀態:“100”資料 "S3" status: "100" data
“S4”狀態:“101”資料 "S4" status: "101" data
“S5”狀態:“111”資料 "S5" status: "111" information
“S6”狀態:“011”資料 "S6" status: "011" data
“S7”狀態:“001”資料 "S7" status: "001" data
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R4來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R2、R5及R7來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R3及R6來確定。因此,本例的資料的分配是與第1實施形態同樣,為1-3-3編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operation R4. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R2, R5 and R7. The upper page is determined by the read operations R1, R3 and R6. Therefore, the distribution of the data in this example is 1-3-3 coding as in the first embodiment.
在本例中,與第1實施形態同樣,在資料對於Upper位元、Middle位元及Lower位元的分配中,境界數為1個的位元含有1個。進一步,境界數不是1個的位元的境界數是以境界數的最大值會形成最小的方式編碼。 In this example, as in the first embodiment, in the allocation of data to Upper bits, Middle bits, and Lower bits, one bit with a boundary number of one is included. Furthermore, the level number of bits whose level number is not 1 is coded in such a manner that the maximum value of the level number becomes the minimum.
其次,利用圖22來說明有關第4例的編碼。圖22是表示對各狀態的資料的分配的表。 Next, the encoding of the fourth example will be described using FIG.22. Fig. 22 is a table showing allocation of data to each status.
如圖22所示般,在本例中,與第1實施形態同樣,對於各狀態,以在2個的鄰接的狀態(狀態)間,1位元的資料會成為變化的格雷編碼之方式,分配資料。 As shown in FIG. 22, in this example, similarly to the first embodiment, for each state, between two adjacent states (states), 1-bit data can be changed into a gray coding method, Assign data.
“S0”狀態:“111”資料 "S0" status: "111" information
“S1”狀態:“101”資料 "S1" status: "101" data
“S2”狀態:“001”資料 "S2" status: "001" data
“S3”狀態:“011”資料 "S3" status: "011" data
“S4”狀態:“010”資料 "S4" status: "010" data
“S5”狀態:“000”資料 "S5" status: "000" data
“S6”狀態:“100”資料 "S6" status: "100" information
“S7”狀態:“110”資料 "S7" status: "110" information
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R4來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R3、R5及R7來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R2及R6來確定。因此,本例的資料的分配是1-4-2編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operation R4. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R1, R3, R5 and R7. The upper page is determined by the read operations R2 and R6. Therefore, the distribution of the data in this example is 1-4-2 encoding.
在本例中,與第1實施形態同樣,在資料對於Upper位元、Middle位元及Lower位元的分配中,境界數為1個的位元含有1個。但,在本例中,境界數不是1個的位元的境界數不是以境界數的最大值會形成最小的方式編碼。 In this example, as in the first embodiment, in the allocation of data to Upper bits, Middle bits, and Lower bits, one bit with a boundary number of one is included. However, in this example, the level number of the bit whose level number is not 1 is not coded so that the maximum value of the level number becomes the minimum.
其次,利用圖23來說明有關第5例的編碼。圖23是表示對各狀態的資料的分配的表。 Next, the encoding of the fifth example will be described using FIG.23. Fig. 23 is a table showing allocation of data to each status.
如圖23所示般,在本例中,與第1實施形態同樣,對於各狀態,以在2個的鄰接的狀態(狀態)間,1位元的資料會成為變化的格雷編碼之方式,分配資料。 As shown in FIG. 23, in this example, similarly to the first embodiment, for each state, between two adjacent states (states), 1-bit data can be changed into a gray coding method, Assign data.
“S0”狀態:“111”資料 "S0" status: "111" information
“S1”狀態:“011”資料 "S1" status: "011" data
“S2”狀態:“001”資料 "S2" status: "001" data
“S3”狀態:“101”資料 "S3" status: "101" data
“S4”狀態:“100”資料 "S4" status: "100" data
“S5”狀態:“000”資料 "S5" status: "000" data
“S6”狀態:“010”資料 "S6" status: "010" data
“S7”狀態:“110”資料 "S7" status: "110" information
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R4來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R2及R6來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R3、R5及R7來確定。因此,本例的資料的分配是1-2-4編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operation R4. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R2 and R6. The upper page is determined by the read operations R1, R3, R5 and R7. Therefore, the distribution of the data in this example is 1-2-4 coding.
在本例中,與第1實施形態同樣,在資料對於Upper位元、Middle位元及Lower位元的分配中,境界數為1個的位元含有1個。但,在本例中,境界數不是1個的位元的境界數不是以境界數的最大值會形成最小的方式編碼。 In this example, as in the first embodiment, in the allocation of data to Upper bits, Middle bits, and Lower bits, one bit with a boundary number of one is included. However, in this example, the level number of the bit whose level number is not 1 is not coded so that the maximum value of the level number becomes the minimum.
其次,利用圖24來說明有關第6例的編碼。圖24是表示對各狀態的資料的分配的表。 Next, encoding in the sixth example will be described using FIG.24. Fig. 24 is a table showing allocation of data to each status.
如圖24所示般,在本例中,與第1實施形態同樣,對於各狀態,以在2個的鄰接的狀態(狀態)間,1位元的資料會成為變化的格雷編碼之方式,分配資料。 As shown in FIG. 24, in this example, similarly to the first embodiment, for each state, between two adjacent states (states), 1-bit data can be changed into a gray coding method, Assign data.
“S0”狀態:“110”資料 "S0" status: "110" data
“S1”狀態:“100”資料 "S1" status: "100" data
“S2”狀態:“000”資料 "S2" status: "000" data
“S3”狀態:“010”資料 "S3" status: "010" data
“S4”狀態:“011”資料 "S4" status: "011" data
“S5”狀態:“001”資料 "S5" status: "001" data
“S6”狀態:“101”資料 "S6" status: "101" information
“S7”狀態:“111”資料 "S7" status: "111" information
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R4來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R3、R5及R7來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R2及R6來確定。因此,本例的資料的分配是1-4-2編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operation R4. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R1, R3, R5 and R7. The upper page is determined by the read operations R2 and R6. Therefore, the distribution of the data in this example is 1-4-2 coding.
在本例中,與第1實施形態同樣,在資料對於Upper位元、Middle位元及Lower位元的分配中,境界數為1個的位元含有1個。但,在本例中,境界數不是1個的位元的境界數不是以境界數的最大值會形成最小的方式編碼。 In this example, as in the first embodiment, in the allocation of data to Upper bits, Middle bits, and Lower bits, one bit with a boundary number of one is included. However, in this example, the level number of the bit whose level number is not 1 is not coded so that the maximum value of the level number becomes the minimum.
其次,利用圖25來說明有關第7例的編碼。圖25是表示對各狀態的資料的分配的表。 Next, encoding in the seventh example will be described using FIG.25. Fig. 25 is a table showing allocation of data to each status.
如圖25所示般,在本例中,與第1實施形態同樣,對於各狀態,以在2個的鄰接的狀態(狀態)間,1位元的資料會成為變化的格雷編碼之方式,分配資料。 As shown in FIG. 25, in this example, similarly to the first embodiment, for each state, between two adjacent states (states), 1-bit data can be changed into a Gray coding method, Assign data.
“S0”狀態:“110”資料 "S0" status: "110" information
“S1”狀態:“010”資料 "S1" status: "010" data
“S2”狀態:“000”資料 "S2" status: "000" data
“S3”狀態:“100”資料 "S3" status: "100" data
“S4”狀態:“101”資料 "S4" status: "101" data
“S5”狀態:“001”資料 "S5" status: "001" data
“S6”狀態:“011”資料 "S6" status: "011" data
“S7”狀態:“111”資料 "S7" status: "111" information
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R4來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R2及R6來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R3、R5及R7來確定。因此,本例的資料的分配是1-2-4編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operation R4. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R2 and R6. The upper page is determined by the read operations R1, R3, R5 and R7. Therefore, the distribution of the data in this example is 1-2-4 coding.
在本例中,與第1實施形態同樣,在資料對於Upper位元、Middle位元及Lower位元的分配中,境界數為1個的位元含有1個。但,在本例中,境界數不是1個的位元的境界數不是以境界數的最大值會形成最小的方式編碼。 In this example, as in the first embodiment, in the allocation of data to Upper bits, Middle bits, and Lower bits, one bit with a boundary number of one is included. However, in this example, the level number of the bit whose level number is not 1 is not coded so that the maximum value of the level number becomes the minimum.
可將本實施形態的編碼適用於第1實施形態。 The coding of this embodiment can be applied to the first embodiment.
若為本實施形態的構成,則可取得與第1實施形態同樣的效果。 According to the structure of this embodiment, the same effect as that of the first embodiment can be obtained.
其次,說明有關第3實施形態。在第3實施形態中,針對與第1實施形態不同的讀出動作,說明2個的例子。以下,以和第1實施形態不同的點為中心進行說明。 Next, the third embodiment will be described. In the third embodiment, two examples of the reading operation different from those in the first embodiment will be described. Hereinafter, the description will focus on points different from the first embodiment.
首先,說明有關第1例的讀出動作。在第1例中,利用圖26及圖27來說明有關在邏輯第1頁及邏輯第2頁的讀出動作中,施加於選擇字元線WL的讀出電壓的順序與第1實施形態不同的情況。圖26是表示邏輯第1頁的讀出動作的命令順序。圖27是表示邏輯第2頁的讀出動作的命令順序。在圖26及圖27的例子中,為了將說明簡略化,訊號CEn、CLE、ALE、WEn及REn是被省略。並且,在圖26及圖27的例子中,一併顯示內部RBn訊號為忙碌狀態的情況的選擇字元線WL的電壓。 First, the read operation of the first example will be described. In the first example, the order of the read voltages applied to the selected word line WL in the read operation of the first logical page and the second logical page is different from that of the first embodiment, using FIGS. 26 and 27. Case. FIG. 26 shows the command sequence of the read operation of the first logical page. Fig. 27 shows the command sequence of the read operation of the second logical page. In the examples of FIG. 26 and FIG. 27 , the signals CEn, CLE, ALE, WEn, and REn are omitted for simplicity of description. In addition, in the example of FIG. 26 and FIG. 27 , the voltage of the selected word line WL when the internal RBn signal is in the busy state is also displayed.
首先,說明邏輯第1頁的讀出動作的命令順序。 First, the command sequence of the read operation of the first logical page will be described.
如圖26所示般,在對應於邏輯第1頁的Lower
頁的讀出動作(讀出動作R4)及Middle頁的讀出動作(讀出動作R1、R3及R6)中,定序器123是依R6、R4、R3及R1的順序實行讀出動作。亦即,對選擇字元線WL依序施加讀出電壓V6、V4、V3及V1。此情況,與第1實施形態同樣,對應於Lower頁的讀出動作R4結束之後,外部RBn訊號是設為“H”位準。然後,Lower頁的讀出結果是被儲存於鎖存電路ADL1及ADL2。另外,記憶體100是亦可將外部RBn訊號設為與內部RBn訊號相同,在讀出邏輯第1頁的全部的資料之後,將外部RBn訊號(內部RBn訊號)設為“H”位準,輸出資料。
As shown in Figure 26, in the Lower corresponding to the
另外,定序器123是亦可依R1、R3、R4及R6的順序來實行讀出動作。亦即,亦可對選擇字元線WL依序施加讀出電壓V1、V3、V4及V6。
In addition, the
其次,說明邏輯第2頁的讀出動作的命令順序。
Next, the command sequence of the read operation of the
如圖27所示般,在對應於邏輯第2頁的Lower頁的讀出動作(讀出動作R4)及Upper頁的讀出動作(讀出動作R2、R5及R7)中,定序器123是依R7、R5、R4及R2的順序實行讀出動作。亦即,對選擇字元線WL依序施加讀出電壓V7、V5、V4及V2。此情況,與第1實施形態同樣,對應於Lower頁的讀出動作R4結束之後,外部RBn訊號是設為“H”位準。然後,Lower頁的讀出結果是被儲存於鎖存電路ADL1及ADL2。另外,記憶體100是亦可將外部RBn訊號設為與內部RBn訊號相同,在讀出邏輯第2頁的全部的資
料之後,將外部RBn訊號(內部RBn訊號)設為“H”位準,輸出資料。
As shown in FIG. 27, in the read operation of the Lower page (read operation R4) and the read operation of the Upper page (read operations R2, R5, and R7) corresponding to the second logical page, the
另外,定序器123是亦可依R2、R4、R5及R7的順序實行讀出動作。亦即,亦可對選擇字元線WL施加讀出電壓V2、V4、V5及V7。
In addition, the
其次,說明有關第2例的讀出動作。在本例中,利用圖28來說明有關Lower頁、Middle頁及Upper頁的資料一併被讀出的情況。以下,將如此的讀出動作記載為「循序(sequential)讀出動作」。在本例的循序讀出動作中,“S0”狀態~“S7”狀態會一併被讀出。圖28是表示循序讀出動作的命令順序。在圖28的例子中,為了將說明簡略化,訊號CEn、CLE、ALE、WEn、及REn是被省略。並且,在圖28的例子中,指令的一部分及位址也被省略。而且,在圖28的例子中,一併顯示內部RBn訊號為忙碌狀態的情況的選擇字元線WL的電壓。 Next, the read operation of the second example will be described. In this example, a case in which data on the Lower page, Middle page, and Upper page are collectively read will be described using FIG. 28 . Hereinafter, such a read operation will be described as "sequential read operation". In the sequential read operation of this example, the "S0" state ~ "S7" state will be read out together. Fig. 28 shows the order of commands in the sequential read operation. In the example of FIG. 28, the signals CEn, CLE, ALE, WEn, and REn are omitted for simplicity of description. In addition, in the example of FIG. 28, a part of the command and the address are also omitted. Furthermore, in the example of FIG. 28 , the voltage of the selected word line WL when the internal RBn signal is in the busy state is also displayed.
如圖28所示般,定序器123是若接受指令“30h”,則回應此,開始讀出動作。首先,定序器123是將內部RBn訊號及外部RBn訊號設為表示忙碌狀態的“L”位準。其次,定序器123是實行循序讀出動作。更具體而言,定序器123是依序實行讀出動作R1~R7。此時,在選擇字元線WL是依序施加讀出電壓V1~V7。定序器123是若讀出動作R4結束,則決定Lower頁的資料,將外部RBn
訊號設為“H”位準。Lower頁的資料是被儲存於鎖存電路ADL1及ADL2。然後,鎖存電路ADL1的資料(邏輯第1頁的第1群集的資料)是被轉送至鎖存電路XDL1。記憶體控制器200是若接收“H”位準的外部RBn訊號,則將訊號REn(未圖示)發送至記憶體100。輸出入電路110是按照訊號REn,開始資料的輸出。首先,輸出入電路110是輸出鎖存電路XDL1的資料(邏輯第1頁的第1群集的資料)。
As shown in FIG. 28, when the
定序器123是若讀出動作R6結束,則其次決定Middle頁的資料。Middle頁的資料是被儲存於鎖存電路BDL1及BDL2。鎖存電路BDL2的資料(邏輯第1頁的第2群集的資料)是被轉送至鎖存電路XDL2。鎖存電路BDL1的資料(邏輯第1頁的第3群集的資料)是在被儲存於鎖存電路XDL1的Lower頁的資料(邏輯第1頁的第1群集的資料)輸出結束後,被轉送至鎖存電路XDL1。
The
在鎖存電路XDL1或XDL2的資料被輸出的期間,若循序讀出動作結束,則定序器123是將內部RBn訊號設為“H”位準。
During the period when the data of the latch circuit XDL1 or XDL2 is output, if the sequential read operation ends, the
若被儲存於鎖存電路XDL2的Middle頁的資料(邏輯第1頁的第2群集的資料)輸出結束,則鎖存電路ADL2的資料(邏輯第2頁的第1群集的資料)會被轉送至鎖存電路XDL2。 When the output of the data stored in the middle page of the latch circuit XDL2 (the data of the second cluster of the first logical page) is completed, the data of the latch circuit ADL2 (the data of the first cluster of the second logical page) is transferred To latch circuit XDL2.
若被儲存於鎖存電路XDL1的Middle頁的資料(邏輯第1頁的第3群集的資料)輸出結束,則邏輯第1頁的資料輸出結束,接著開始邏輯第2頁的資料輸出。首 先,輸出被儲存於鎖存電路XDL2的Lower頁的資料(邏輯第2頁的第1群集的資料)。又,若被儲存於鎖存電路XDL1的Middle頁的資料(邏輯第1頁的第3群集的資料)輸出結束,則從感測電路SA1轉送Upper頁的資料(邏輯第2頁的第2群集的資料)至鎖存電路XDL1。 When the data output of the Middle page stored in the latch circuit XDL1 (the data of the third cluster of the first logical page) is completed, the output of the data of the first logical page is completed, and then the data output of the second logical page starts. head First, the data stored in the Lower page of the latch circuit XDL2 (the data of the first cluster on the second logical page) is output. In addition, when the output of the data of the Middle page (the data of the third cluster of the first logical page) stored in the latch circuit XDL1 is completed, the data of the Upper page (the second cluster of the logical second page) are transferred from the sensing circuit SA1. data) to the latch circuit XDL1.
若被儲存於鎖存電路XDL2的Upper頁的資料(邏輯第2頁的第1群集的資料)輸出結束,則感測電路SA2的資料(邏輯第2頁的第3群集的資料)會被轉送至鎖存電路XDL2。若鎖存電路XDL2的資料(邏輯第2頁的第3群集的資料)輸出結束,則循序讀出動作結束。 When the output of the data stored in the Upper page of the latch circuit XDL2 (the data of the first cluster of the second logical page) is completed, the data of the sensing circuit SA2 (the data of the third cluster of the second logical page) will be transferred To latch circuit XDL2. When the output of the data of the latch circuit XDL2 (the data of the third cluster on the second logical page) is completed, the sequential read operation is completed.
另外,定序器123是亦可依R7~R1的順序實行讀出動作。亦即,亦可依電壓V7~V1的順序施加讀出電壓至選擇字元線WL。另外,記憶體100是亦可將外部RBn訊號與內部RBn訊號設為相同,讀出全部的資料之後,將外部RBn訊號(內部RBn訊號)設為“H”位準,輸出資料。
In addition, the
可將本實施形態的編碼適用於第1實施形態。 The coding of this embodiment can be applied to the first embodiment.
若為本實施形態的構成,則可取得與第1實施形態同樣的效果。 According to the structure of this embodiment, the same effect as that of the first embodiment can be obtained.
進一步,若為本實施形態的構成,則在讀出動作中,可依昇順或降順施加讀出電壓。藉此,可抑制施 加於選擇字元線WL的電壓的變化幅度的增加。因此,可縮短被施加於選擇字元線WL的電壓的遷移所花的時間,可減低讀出動作的處理時間。 Furthermore, according to the configuration of this embodiment, in the read operation, the read voltage can be applied in ascending or descending order. In this way, it is possible to suppress the The amplitude of the change in the voltage applied to the selected word line WL increases. Therefore, the time taken for transition of the voltage applied to the selected word line WL can be shortened, and the processing time of the read operation can be reduced.
其次,說明有關第4實施形態。在第4實施形態中,說明有關將1頁的邏輯頁的資料分配成2頁的物理頁(亦即可記憶2頁資料的1個的記憶體群組MG)的情況。以下,以和第1~第3實施形態不同的點為中心進行說明。 Next, the fourth embodiment will be described. In the fourth embodiment, the case where the data of one logical page is allocated to two physical pages (that is, one memory group MG capable of storing two pages of data) will be described. Hereinafter, the description will focus on points different from those of the first to third embodiments.
首先,利用圖29來說明有關記憶格電晶體MC的取得的臨界值電壓分佈。圖29是表示記憶格電晶體MC的臨界值電壓分佈與資料的分配的關係的圖。以下,在本實施形態中,說明有關記憶格電晶體MC可保持4值(2位元)的資料的MLC(Multi Level Cell)(或亦記載為「2bit/Cell」)的情況。 First, the threshold voltage distribution related to the acquisition of the memory cell transistor MC will be described using FIG. 29 . FIG. 29 is a diagram showing the relationship between the threshold voltage distribution of memory cell transistor MC and the allocation of data. Hereinafter, in this embodiment, the case of an MLC (Multi Level Cell) (or also referred to as "2bit/Cell") which can hold 4-value (2-bit) data in the memory cell transistor MC will be described.
如圖29所示般,各個的記憶格電晶體MC的臨界值電壓是取離散性的例如4個的分佈的任一個中所含的值。以下,將4個的分佈予以依臨界值電壓低的順序分別記載為“S0”狀態、“S1”狀態、“S2”狀態及“S3”狀態。 As shown in FIG. 29, the threshold voltage of each memory cell transistor MC takes a value included in any one of discrete, for example, four distributions. Hereinafter, the four distributions are respectively described as "S0" state, "S1" state, "S2" state, and "S3" state in order of lower threshold voltage.
“S0”狀態是例如相當於資料的消去狀態。而且“S1”~“S3”狀態是相當於電荷被注入至電荷蓄積層而資料被寫入的狀態。在寫入動作中,將對應於各臨界值 電壓分佈的驗證電壓設為V1~V3。於是,該等的電壓值是處於V1<V2<V3<Vread的關係。 The "S0" state is, for example, a state corresponding to data erasure. Moreover, the states "S1"-"S3" correspond to states in which charges are injected into the charge storage layer and data is written. In the write operation, the corresponding threshold value will be The verification voltage of the voltage distribution is set to V1~V3. Therefore, the voltage values are in the relationship of V1<V2<V3<Vread.
另外,對應於各狀態的驗證電壓的設定值與讀出電壓的設定值是可為相同,或亦可為相異。在以下,為了將說明簡略化,針對驗證電壓與讀出電壓為相同的設定值的情況進行說明。 In addition, the set value of the verification voltage and the set value of the read voltage corresponding to each state may be the same or different. In the following, for simplification of the description, the case where the verify voltage and the read voltage have the same set value will be described.
以下,將對應於“S1”~“S3”狀態的讀出動作之讀出動作分別記載為讀出動作R1、R2及R3。讀出動作R1是判定記憶格電晶體MC的臨界值電壓是否未滿電壓V1。讀出動作R2是判定記憶格電晶體MC的臨界值電壓是否未滿電壓V2。讀出動作R3是判定記憶格電晶體MC的臨界值電壓是否未滿電壓V3。 Hereinafter, the readout operations corresponding to the states "S1" to "S3" are described as readout operations R1, R2, and R3, respectively. The readout operation R1 is to determine whether the threshold voltage of the memory cell transistor MC is less than the full voltage V1. The readout operation R2 is to determine whether the threshold voltage of the memory cell transistor MC is less than the full voltage V2. The readout operation R3 is to determine whether the threshold voltage of the memory cell transistor MC is less than the full voltage V3.
如以上般,各記憶格電晶體MC是藉由具有4個的臨界值電壓分佈的任一個,可取4種類的狀態。藉由以2進位制來將該等的狀態分配成“00”~“11”,各記憶格電晶體MC是可保持2位元的資料。以下,將2位元的資料分別記載為Lower位元及Upper位元。又,將一併被寫入(被讀出)至記憶體群組MG的Lower位元的集合記載為Lower頁,將Upper位元的集合記載為Upper頁。 As above, each memory cell transistor MC can take four types of states by having any one of four threshold voltage distributions. By distributing the states as "00"~"11" in binary system, each memory cell transistor MC can hold 2-bit data. Hereinafter, 2-bit data are described as Lower bit and Upper bit, respectively. In addition, a set of Lower bits that are written (read) together in the memory group MG is described as a Lower page, and a set of Upper bits is described as an Upper page.
在圖29的例子中,對於含在各臨界值電壓分佈的記憶格電晶體MC,如以下所示般,資料被分配成“Upper位元/Lower位元”。對於各狀態,以在2個的鄰接的狀態(狀態)間,1位元的資料會成為變化的格雷編碼之方式,分配資料。 In the example of FIG. 29, for the memory cell transistor MC included in each threshold voltage distribution, data is allocated as "Upper bit/Lower bit" as shown below. For each state, data is allocated in such a manner that 1-bit data is changed between two adjacent states (states) in Gray code.
“S0”狀態:“11”資料 "S0" status: "11" data
“S1”狀態:“01”資料 "S1" status: "01" data
“S2”狀態:“00”資料 "S2" status: "00" data
“S3”狀態:“10”資料 "S3" status: "10" data
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R2來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R1及R3來確定。亦即,Lower位元及Upper位元的值是分別藉由1次及2次的讀出動作來確定。因此,本例的資料的分配是1-2編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operation R2. The upper page is determined by the read operations R1 and R3. That is, the values of the Lower bit and the Upper bit are respectively determined by one and two read operations. Therefore, the distribution of the data in this example is 1-2 coding.
另外,對“S0”~“S3”狀態的資料的分配是不被限定於1-2編碼。 In addition, the distribution of data in the "S0"~"S3" state is not limited to 1-2 coding.
其次,利用圖30及圖31來說明有關邏輯頁位址與物理頁位址的變換動作的一例。圖30是說明邏輯頁位址與物理頁位址的變換動作的流程的圖。圖31是表示邏輯頁資料對於物理頁的分配的圖。 Next, an example of conversion operations between logical page addresses and physical page addresses will be described with reference to FIGS. 30 and 31 . FIG. 30 is a diagram illustrating the flow of conversion operations between logical page addresses and physical page addresses. Fig. 31 is a diagram showing allocation of logical page data to physical pages.
如圖30所示般,例如,記憶體控制器200是若從主裝置2接受寫入要求,則對應於接收的1個的邏輯位址“00001”,分配1個的邏輯頁位址“90001”。在以下,將被分配的邏輯頁記載為「邏輯第1頁」。在圖30的例子中,邏輯第1頁會對應於邏輯頁位址“90001”。
As shown in FIG. 30, for example, when the
指令使用者介面電路121是若從記憶體控制器200接受包含1頁分的邏輯頁位址及邏輯頁的寫入命令,
則將1頁分的邏輯頁位址變換成2頁分的物理頁位址。在本實施形態中,指令使用者介面電路121是將邏輯第1頁的邏輯頁位址變換成Lower頁及Upper頁的物理頁位址。
If the instruction
此時,1頁分的邏輯頁的資料長與2頁分的物理頁的資料長是相同。在本實施形態中,寫入的邏輯頁數是a=“1”,寫入的物理頁數是b=“2”,因此1頁的物理頁,亦即1個的記憶體群組MG的頁大小n是以n=m/2來表示。例如,邏輯頁的頁大小為16[kB]的情況,物理頁的頁大小是n=16/2=8[kB]。 At this time, the data length of a logical page divided into one page is the same as the data length of a physical page divided into two pages. In this embodiment, the number of logical pages to be written is a="1", and the number of physical pages to be written is b="2". Therefore, one physical page, that is, one memory group MG The page size n is represented by n=m/2. For example, when the page size of the logical page is 16 [kB], the page size of the physical page is n=16/2=8 [kB].
例如,定序器123是根據在指令使用者介面電路121中被變換的物理頁位址,將邏輯第1頁的資料寫入至1個的記憶體群組MG的Lower頁及Upper頁。
For example, the
其次,詳述有關1個的記憶體群組MG的邏輯頁資料的配置。 Next, the arrangement of the logical page data of one memory group MG will be described in detail.
如圖31所示般,在本實施形態中,將邏輯第1頁的資料予以2分割,從前頭資料設為第1群集及第2群集。例如,記憶體100是在Lower頁的第1格區域寫入邏輯第1頁的第1群集的前半部分的資料,在第2格區域寫入邏輯第1頁的第1群集的後半部分的資料。又,記憶體100是在Upper頁的第1格區域寫入邏輯第1頁的第2群集的前半部分的資料,在第2格區域寫入邏輯第1頁的第2群集的後半部分的資料。
As shown in FIG. 31, in this embodiment, the data on the first logical page is divided into two, and the first data is set as the first cluster and the second cluster. For example, in the
其次,說明有關讀出動作。在本實施形態中,對於邏輯第1頁成為讀出的對象的物理頁是Lower頁(第1格區域及第2格區域)及Upper頁(第1格區域及第2格區域)。此情況,記憶體100是將Lower頁(第1格區域及第2格區域)的資料及Upper頁(第1格區域及第2格區域)的資料發送(輸出)至記憶體控制器200。
Next, the reading operation will be described. In the present embodiment, the physical pages to be read from the logical first page are the Lower page (the first frame area and the second frame area) and the Upper page (the first frame area and the second frame area). In this case, the
首先,利用圖32來說明有關記憶體100的讀出動作的流程。圖32是讀出動作的流程圖。
First, the flow of the read operation of the
如圖32所示般,記憶體100是從記憶體控制器200接受讀出命令(步驟S1)。指令使用者介面電路121是將邏輯頁位址變換成物理頁位址之後,將接受的指令及變換後的物理頁位址發送至定序器123。
As shown in FIG. 32, the
定序器123是首先實行Lower頁的讀出動作(步驟S30)。更具體而言,定序器123是實行對應於讀出電壓V2的讀出動作R2。
The
定序器123是根據讀出動作R2的結果,決定Lower頁的資料(邏輯第1頁的第1群集的資料)(步驟S31)。
The
定序器123是將感測電路SA1及SA2所讀出的Lower頁的資料分別轉送至鎖存電路ADL1及ADL2(步驟S32)。
The
定序器123是將鎖存電路ADL1及ADL2的資料(邏輯第1頁的第1群集的資料)分別轉送至鎖存電路XDL1
及XDL2(步驟S33)。另外,定序器123是亦可將感測電路SA1及SA2所讀出的Lower頁的資料直接分別轉送至鎖存電路XDL1及XDL2。
The
定序器123是在列計數器125中,設定鎖存電路XDL1的前頭位址,作為列位址CA(步驟S34)。串列存取控制器126是根據在列計數器125計數的列位址CA,從鎖存電路XDL1的前頭位址依序接收資料,轉送至輸出入電路110。輸出入電路110是開始對記憶體控制器200的鎖存電路XDL1及XDL2的資料的發送(輸出)。
The
定序器123是與鎖存電路XDL1及XDL2的資料的輸出並行,實行Upper頁的讀出動作(步驟S35)。更具體而言,定序器123是實行對應於讀出電壓V1的讀出動作R1及對應於讀出電壓V3的讀出動作R3。另外,讀出動作R1及R3的順序是可任意地設定。
The
定序器123是根據讀出動作R1及R3的結果,決定Upper頁的資料(邏輯第1頁的第2群集的資料)(步驟S36)。
The
定序器123是將感測電路SA1及SA2所讀出的Upper頁的資料分別轉送至鎖存電路ADL1及ADL2(步驟S37)。
The
定序器123是當鎖存電路XDL1的資料的輸出未結束時(步驟S38_No),至輸出結束為止、重複資料輸出的確認動作。
When the output of data by the latch circuit XDL1 is not completed (step S38_No), the
若鎖存電路XDL1的資料的輸出結束(步驟
S38_Yes),則定序器123是將鎖存電路ADL1的資料轉送至鎖存電路XDL1(步驟S39)。另外,步驟S38_Yes的情況,亦可接著開始鎖存電路XDL2的資料輸出,在鎖存電路XDL2的資料輸出的期間,定序器123實行步驟S39。
If the output of the data of the latch circuit XDL1 ends (step
S38_Yes), then the
定序器123是當鎖存電路XDL2的資料的輸出未結束時(步驟S40_No),至輸出結束為止,重複資料輸出的確認動作。
The
若鎖存電路XDL2的資料的輸出結束(步驟S40_Yes),則定序器123是將鎖存電路ADL2的資料轉送至鎖存電路XDL2(步驟S41)。定序器123是若鎖存電路XDL1及XDL2的資料(邏輯第1頁的第2群集的資料)輸出結束,則結束邏輯第1頁的讀出動作。另外,步驟S40_Yes的情況,亦可接著開始鎖存電路XDL1的資料輸出,在鎖存電路XDL1的資料輸出的期間,定序器123實行步驟S41。
If the output of the data of the latch circuit XDL2 is completed (step S40_Yes), the
其次,利用圖33來說明有關讀出動作的命令順序的一例。圖33是邏輯第1頁的讀出動作的命令順序。在圖33的例子中,為了將說明簡略化,訊號CEn、CLE、ALE、WEn及REn是被省略。進一步,在圖33的例子中,一併顯示內部RBn訊號為忙碌狀態時的選擇字元線WL的電壓。 Next, an example of the command sequence related to the read operation will be described using FIG. 33 . Fig. 33 shows the command sequence of the read operation of the first logical page. In the example of FIG. 33 , the signals CEn, CLE, ALE, WEn, and REn are omitted for simplicity of description. Furthermore, in the example of FIG. 33, the voltage of the selected word line WL when the internal RBn signal is busy is also displayed.
如圖33所示般,記憶體控制器200是首先發送指令“00h”。其次,記憶體控制器200是發送邏輯第1頁
的邏輯頁位址“AD-P1”。在記憶體100中,指令使用者介面電路121是將接收的邏輯頁位址“AD-P1”變換成物理頁位址。其次,記憶體控制器200是將指令“30h”發送至記憶體100。指令使用者介面電路121是依序發送接受的指令及變換後的物理頁位址至定序器123。
As shown in FIG. 33 , the
定序器123是回應指令“30h”,開始讀出動作。首先,定序器123是將內部RBn訊號及外部RBn訊號設為表示忙碌狀態的“L”位準。其次,定序器123是實行Lower頁的讀出動作(讀出動作R2)。亦即,對選擇字元線WL施加讀出電壓V2。Lower頁的讀出結果是被儲存於鎖存電路ADL1及ADL2。鎖存電路ADL1的資料是被轉送至鎖存電路XDL1。鎖存電路ADL2的資料是被轉送至鎖存電路XDL2。定序器123是若Lower頁的讀出動作結束,則將外部RBn訊號設為“H”位準。又,定序器123是若Lower頁的讀出動作結束,則開始其次Upper頁的讀出動作(讀出動作R1及R3)。亦即,對選擇字元線WL依序施加讀出電壓V1及V3。
The
記憶體控制器200是若接收“H”位準的外部RBn訊號,則將訊號REn(未圖示)發送至記憶體100。輸出入電路110是按照訊號REn,開始資料的輸出。首先,輸出入電路110是輸出鎖存電路XDL1的資料。在鎖存電路XDL1的資料被輸出的期間,若Upper頁的讀出動作結束,則定序器123是將內部RBn訊號設為“H”位準。Upper頁的讀出結果是被儲存於鎖存電路ADL1及ADL2。另外,鎖存
電路XDL1及XDL2的資料輸出要比Upper頁的讀出動作結束更先結束時,定序器123是亦可一旦將外部RBn訊號設為“L”位準(忙碌狀態),使對記憶體控制器200的資料的輸出中斷。藉此,在輸出Lower頁的資料之後,可連續輸出Upper頁的資料。
The
輸出入電路110是若鎖存電路XDL1的資料輸出結束,則開始接著鎖存電路XDL2的資料輸出。在鎖存電路XDL2的資料輸出的期間,鎖存電路ADL1的資料會被轉送至鎖存電路XDL1。輸出入電路110是若鎖存電路XDL2的資料輸出結束,則實行接著鎖存電路XDL1的資料的輸出。在鎖存電路XDL1的資料被輸出的期間,鎖存電路ADL2的資料會被轉送至鎖存電路XDL2。若鎖存電路XDL2的資料的輸出結束,則邏輯第1頁的讀出動作結束。另外,記憶體100是亦可將外部RBn訊號設為與內部RBn訊號相同,在讀出全部的資料之後,將外部RBn訊號(內部RBn訊號)設為“H”位準,輸出資料。
The I/
其次,說明有關寫入動作。在本實施形態中,實行邏輯第1頁的資料會一併被寫入至具有Lower頁及Uppwer頁的記憶體群組MG的全順序寫入動作。亦即,2位元的資料會一併被寫入至1個的記憶格電晶體MC。在本實施形態的全順序寫入動作中,實行“S1”狀態~“S3”狀態的寫入。 Next, the writing operation will be described. In this embodiment, the data of the first logical page is written into the memory group MG having the lower page and the upper page at the same time, and the full sequential writing operation is performed. That is, 2-bit data will be written into one memory cell transistor MC at the same time. In the full sequential writing operation of this embodiment, writing in the "S1" state to the "S3" state is performed.
其次,利用圖34及圖35來說明有關記憶體100的寫入動作的流程。圖34及圖35是寫入動作的流程圖。
Next, the flow of the write operation in the
如圖34及圖35所示般,記憶體100是在寫入命令的接受中,從記憶體控制器200接受邏輯第1頁的寫入命令(步驟S230)。此時,指令使用者介面電路121是將邏輯第1頁的邏輯頁位址變換成物理頁位址。
As shown in FIGS. 34 and 35 , the
定序器123是在列計數器125中,設定鎖存電路XDL1的前頭位址,作為列位址CA(步驟S231)。
The
在頁緩衝器133中,根據從列計數器125接收的列位址CA,開始對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第1頁的第1群集前半部分的資料輸入(步驟S232)。
In the
定序器123是對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第1頁的第1群集前半部分的資料輸入未結束時(步驟S233_No),至輸入結束為止,重複資料輸入的確認動作。
The
若對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第1頁的第1群集前半部分的資料輸入結束(步驟S233_Yes),則定序器123是將鎖存電路XDL1的資料轉送至鎖存電路ADL1(步驟S234)。又,若對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第1頁的第1群集前半部分的資料輸入結束,則接著開始對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第1頁的第1群集後半部分的資料輸入。另外,步驟S233_Yes的情況,亦可接著開始對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯
第1頁的第1群集後半部分的資料輸入,在鎖存電路XDL2的資料輸入的期間,定序器123實行步驟S234。
If the data input to the first half of the first cluster of the
定序器123是對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第1頁的第1群集後半部分的資料輸入未結束時(步驟S235_No),至輸入結束為止,重複資料輸入的確認動作。
The
若對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第1頁的第1群集後半部分的資料輸入結束(步驟S235_Yes),則定序器123是在列計數器125中,設定鎖存電路XDL1的前頭位址,作為列位址CA(步驟S236)。在頁緩衝器133中,根據從列計數器125接收的列位址CA,開始對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第1頁的第2群集前半部分的資料輸入。
If the data input to the second half of the first cluster of the
定序器123是在對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第1頁的第2群集前半部分的資料輸入的期間,將鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第1頁的第1群集後半部分的資料轉送至鎖存電路ADL2(步驟S237)。
The
對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第1頁的第2群集前半部分的資料輸入結束後,開始對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第1頁的第2群集後半部分的資料輸入。而且,定序器123是對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第1頁的第2群集後半部分的資料輸入未結束時(步驟S238_No),至輸入結束為止,重複資料輸入的確認動作。
After the data input to the first half of the second cluster of the first logical page of the latch circuit XDL1 is completed, the data input to the second half of the second cluster of the first logical page of the latch circuit XDL2 is started. Then, the
若對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第1頁的第2群集後半部分的資料輸入結束(步驟S238_Yes),則對鎖存電路XDL1及XDL2的邏輯第1頁的資料輸入結束。定序器123是
將外部RBn訊號及內部RBn訊號設為“L”位準。定序器123是根據Lower頁與Upper頁的資料的組合,決定各記憶格電晶體MC的狀態。
When the data input to the second half of the second cluster of the first logical page of the latch circuit XDL2 is completed (step S238_Yes), the data input to the first logical page of the latch circuits XDL1 and XDL2 is completed.
定序器123是根據被決定的狀態來實行程式動作(步驟S239)。
The
程式動作結束後,定序器123是實行程式驗證動作(步驟S240)。
After the program operation is completed, the
未通過驗證時(步驟S241_No),定序器123是確認程式循環次數是否到達預先被設定的上限次數(步驟S242)。
If the verification is not passed (step S241_No), the
程式循環次數未到達上限次數時(步驟S242_No),定序器123是實行程式動作(步驟S239)。亦即,定序器123是重複程式循環。
When the number of program loops does not reach the upper limit (step S242_No), the
程式循環次數到達上限次數時(步驟S242_Yes),定序器123是結束寫入動作,將寫入動作未正常結束的意旨報告記憶體控制器200。
When the number of program loops reaches the upper limit (step S242_Yes), the
通過驗證時(步驟S241_Yes),亦即,若“S1”狀態~“S3”狀態的寫入結束,則定序器123是將外部RBn訊號設為“H”位準,結束全順序寫入動作。
When the verification is passed (step S241_Yes), that is, if the writing of the “S1” state to the “S3” state is completed, the
其次,利用圖36來說明有關寫入動作的命令順序的一例。圖36是全順序寫入動作的命令順序。在圖36的例子中,為了將說明簡略化,訊號CEn、CLE、ALE、 WEn及REn是被省略。 Next, an example of the command sequence related to the write operation will be described using FIG. 36 . Fig. 36 shows the command sequence of the full sequential write operation. In the example of FIG. 36, in order to simplify the description, the signals CEn, CLE, ALE, WEn and REn are omitted.
如圖36所示般,首先,記憶體控制器200是將指令“80h”發送至記憶體100。其次,記憶體控制器200是發送邏輯第1頁的邏輯頁位址“AD-P1”。在記憶體100中,指令使用者介面電路121是將接收的邏輯頁位址“AD-P1”變換成物理頁位址。其次,記憶體控制器200是將邏輯第1頁的資料發送至記憶體100。若對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第1頁的第1群集前半部分的資料的輸入結束,則接著開始對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第1頁的第1群集後半部分的資料的輸入。在對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第1頁的第1群集後半部分的資料的輸入的期間,被儲存於鎖存電路XDL1的資料是被轉送至鎖存電路ADL1。若對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第1頁的第1群集後半部分的資料的輸入結束,則接著開始對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第1頁的第2群集前半部分的資料的輸入。在對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第1頁的第2群集前半部分的資料的輸入的期間,被儲存於鎖存電路XDL2的資料是被轉送至鎖存電路ADL2。若對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第1頁的第2群集前半部分的資料的輸入結束,則接著開始對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第1頁的第2群集後半部分的資料的輸入。邏輯第1頁的第2群集是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL1及XDL2。
As shown in FIG. 36 , first, the
其次,記憶體控制器200是將指示寫入動作的實行的指令“10h”發送至記憶體100。
Next, the
定序器123是若接受指令“10h”,則將內部
RBn訊號及外部RBn訊號設為“L”位準。而且,定序器123是根據被儲存於鎖存電路ADL1、ADL2、XDL1及XDL2的資料,決定各記憶格電晶體MC的狀態,實行寫入動作。定序器123是寫入動作結束後,將內部RBn訊號及外部RBn訊號設為“H”位準。
If the
若為本實施形態的構成,則可取得與第1實施形態同樣的效果。 According to the structure of this embodiment, the same effect as that of the first embodiment can be obtained.
其次,說明有關第5實施形態。在第5實施形態中,說明有關將3頁的邏輯頁的資料分配成4頁的物理頁(亦即可記憶4頁資料的1個的記憶體群組MG)的情況。以下,以和第1~第4實施形態不同的點為中心進行說明。 Next, the fifth embodiment will be described. In the fifth embodiment, the case where three logical pages of data are allocated to four physical pages (that is, one memory group MG capable of storing four pages of data) will be described. Hereinafter, the description will focus on points different from those of the first to fourth embodiments.
首先,利用圖37來說明有關感測放大器132及頁緩衝器133的構成的一例。圖37是感測放大器132及頁緩衝器133的方塊圖。
First, an example of the configuration of the
如圖37所示般,在本實施形態中,定序器123是將1個的記憶體群組MG的複數的記憶格電晶體MC分成第1格區域、第2格區域及第3格區域的3個而控制。同樣,定序器123是對應於第1~第3格區域,將感測放大器
132及頁緩衝器133分成3個而控制。例如,含在第1格區域的記憶格電晶體MC是與位元線BL0~BL(i-1)建立關聯。含在第2格區域的記憶格電晶體MC是與位元線BL(i)~BL(j-1)(j是比i大,比k小的整數)建立關聯。含在第3格區域的記憶格電晶體MC是與位元線BL(j)~BL(k-1)建立關聯。另外,含在第1格區域的記憶格電晶體MC的個數、含在第2格區域的記憶格電晶體MC的個數、及含在第3格區域的記憶格電晶體MC的個數是相同為理想。例如,含在第1格區域的記憶格電晶體MC的個數、含在第2格區域的記憶格電晶體MC的個數、及含在第3格區域的記憶格電晶體MC為相同的情況,i、j及k是處於i=j/2=k/3的關係。
As shown in FIG. 37, in the present embodiment, the
本實施形態的頁緩衝器133是對應於1個的感測電路SA,包含鎖存電路ADL、BDL、CDL及XDL。感測電路SA、和鎖存電路ADL、BDL、CDL及XDL是彼此連接。換言之,感測電路SA、和鎖存電路ADL、BDL、CDL及XDL是以彼此可收發資料的方式連接。鎖存電路ADL、BDL、CDL及XDL是暫時性地記憶資料DAT。例如,在讀出動作時,感測電路SA使確定的讀出資料是從感測電路SA轉送至鎖存電路ADL、BDL、CDL及XDL的任一個。在以下,將被連接至對應於第3格區域中所含的記憶格電晶體MC的位元線BL之感測電路記載為「感測電路SA3」。將對應於感測電路SA1的鎖存電路CDL記載為「鎖存電路CDL1」。將對應於感測電路SA2的鎖存電路CDL記載為「鎖存電路CDL2」。將對應於感測電路SA3的鎖存電路
ADL、BDL、CDL及XDL記載為「鎖存電路ADL3」、「鎖存電路BDL3」、「鎖存電路CDL3」及「鎖存電路XDL3」。又,在本實施形態中,將感測電路SA1、鎖存電路ADL1、BDL1、CDL1及XDL1的組合記載為「感測放大器單元SAU1」。將感測電路SA2、鎖存電路ADL2、BDL2、CDL2及XDL2的組合記載為「感測放大器單元SAU2」。將感測電路SA3、鎖存電路ADL3、BDL3、CDL3及XDL3的組合記載為「感測放大器單元SAU3」。
The
在本實施形態中,與複數的感測放大器單元SAU1及複數的感測放大器單元SAU2同樣,複數的感測放大器單元SAU3會集合於1個的區域而配置。 In the present embodiment, like the plurality of sense amplifier units SAU1 and the plurality of sense amplifier units SAU2 , the plurality of sense amplifier units SAU3 are arranged in a single region.
其次,利用圖38來說明有關記憶格電晶體MC的取得的臨界值電壓分佈。圖38是表示記憶格電晶體MC的臨界值電壓分佈與資料的分配的關係的圖。以下,在本實施形態中,說明有關記憶格電晶體MC為可保持16值(4位元)的資料的QLC(Quad Level Cell)(或「亦記載為4bit/Cell」)的情況。 Next, using FIG. 38, the threshold voltage distribution related to the acquisition of the memory cell transistor MC will be described. FIG. 38 is a diagram showing the relationship between the threshold voltage distribution of memory cell transistor MC and the allocation of data. Hereinafter, in this embodiment, the case where the memory cell transistor MC is a QLC (Quad Level Cell) (or "also described as 4bit/Cell") capable of holding 16-value (4-bit) data will be described.
如圖38所示般,各個的記憶格電晶體MC的臨界值電壓是取離散性的例如16個的分佈的任一個中所含的值。以下,將16個的分佈予以依臨界值電壓低的順序分別記載為“S0”狀態、“S1”狀態、“S2”狀態、“S3”狀態、“S4”狀態、“S5”狀態、“S6”狀態、“S7”狀態、“S8”狀態、 “S9”狀態、“S10”狀態、“S11”狀態、“S12”狀態、“S13”狀態、“S14”狀態及“S15”狀態。 As shown in FIG. 38, the threshold voltage of each memory cell transistor MC takes a value included in any one of discrete, for example, 16 distributions. Below, the 16 distributions are described as "S0" state, "S1" state, "S2" state, "S3" state, "S4" state, "S5" state, "S6" state in order of lower threshold voltage. " state, "S7" state, "S8" state, "S9" state, "S10" state, "S11" state, "S12" state, "S13" state, "S14" state, and "S15" state.
“S0”狀態是例如相當於資料的消去狀態。而且“S1”~“S15”狀態是相當於電荷被注入至電荷蓄積層而資料被寫入的狀態。在寫入動作中,將對應於各臨界值電壓分佈的驗證電壓設為V1~V15。於是,該等的電壓值是處於V1<V2<V3<V4<V5<V6<V7<V8<V9<V10<V11<V12<V13<V14<V15<Vread的關係。電壓V1~V15是在讀出動作時,被施加於選擇字元線WL的電壓。 The "S0" state is, for example, a state corresponding to data erasure. Moreover, the states "S1"-"S15" correspond to states in which charges are injected into the charge storage layer and data is written. In the write operation, verify voltages corresponding to the respective threshold voltage distributions are V1 to V15. Therefore, the voltage values are in the relationship of V1<V2<V3<V4<V5<V6<V7<V8<V9<V10<V11<V12<V13<V14<V15<Vread. Voltages V1 to V15 are voltages applied to selected word line WL during a read operation.
更具體而言,在“S0”狀態所含的臨界值電壓是未滿電壓V1。在“S1”狀態所含的臨界值電壓是電壓V1以上,且未滿電壓V2。在“S2”狀態所含的臨界值電壓是電壓V2以上,且未滿電壓V3。在“S3”狀態所含的臨界值電壓是電壓V3以上,且未滿電壓V4。在“S4”狀態所含的臨界值電壓是電壓V4以上,且未滿電壓V5。在“S5”狀態所含的臨界值電壓是電壓V5以上,且未滿電壓V6。在“S6”狀態所含的臨界值電壓是電壓V6以上,且未滿電壓V7。在“S7”狀態所含的臨界值電壓是電壓V7以上,且未滿電壓V8。在“S8”狀態所含的臨界值電壓是電壓V8以上,且未滿電壓V9。在“S9”狀態所含的臨界值電壓是電壓V9以上,且未滿電壓V10。在“S10”狀態所含的臨界值電壓是電壓V10以上,且未滿電壓V11。在“S11”狀態所含的臨界值電壓是電壓V11以上,且未滿電壓V12。在“S12”狀態所含的臨界值電壓是電壓V12以上,且未滿電壓V13。在“S13” 狀態所含的臨界值電壓是電壓V13以上,且未滿V14。在“S14”狀態所含的臨界值電壓是電壓V14以上,且未滿V15。在“S15”狀態所含的臨界值電壓是電壓V15以上,且未滿電壓Vread。 More specifically, the threshold voltage included in the "S0" state is the sub-full voltage V1. The threshold voltage included in the "S1" state is equal to or greater than the voltage V1 and less than the full voltage V2. The threshold voltage included in the "S2" state is equal to or greater than the voltage V2 and less than the full voltage V3. The threshold voltage included in the "S3" state is equal to or greater than the voltage V3 and less than the full voltage V4. The threshold voltage included in the "S4" state is equal to or greater than the voltage V4 and less than the full voltage V5. The threshold voltage included in the "S5" state is equal to or greater than the voltage V5 and less than the full voltage V6. The threshold voltage included in the "S6" state is equal to or greater than the voltage V6 and less than the full voltage V7. The threshold voltage included in the "S7" state is equal to or greater than the voltage V7 and less than the full voltage V8. The threshold voltage included in the "S8" state is equal to or greater than the voltage V8 and less than the full voltage V9. The threshold voltage included in the "S9" state is equal to or greater than the voltage V9 and less than the full voltage V10. The threshold voltage included in the "S10" state is equal to or greater than the voltage V10 and less than the full voltage V11. The threshold voltage included in the "S11" state is equal to or greater than the voltage V11 and less than the full voltage V12. The threshold voltage included in the "S12" state is equal to or greater than the voltage V12 and less than the full voltage V13. In "S13" The threshold voltage included in the state is equal to or greater than voltage V13 and less than V14. The threshold voltage included in the "S14" state is equal to or greater than voltage V14 and less than V15. The threshold voltage included in the "S15" state is equal to or greater than the voltage V15 and less than the full voltage Vread.
另外,對應於各狀態的驗證電壓的設定值與讀出電壓的設定值是可為相同,或亦可為相異。在以下,為了將說明簡略化,針對驗證電壓與讀出電壓為相同的設定值的情況進行說明。 In addition, the set value of the verification voltage and the set value of the read voltage corresponding to each state may be the same or different. In the following, for simplification of the description, the case where the verify voltage and the read voltage have the same set value will be described.
以下,將對應於“S1”~“S15”狀態的讀出動作之讀出動作分別記載為讀出動作R1~R15。讀出動作R1是判定記憶格電晶體MC的臨界值電壓是否未滿電壓V1。讀出動作R2是判定記憶格電晶體MC的臨界值電壓是否未滿電壓V2。以下,同樣,讀出動作R3~R15是分別判定記憶格電晶體MC的臨界值電壓是否未滿電壓V3~V15。 Hereinafter, the readout operations corresponding to the states "S1" to "S15" are described as readout operations R1 to R15, respectively. The readout operation R1 is to determine whether the threshold voltage of the memory cell transistor MC is less than the full voltage V1. The readout operation R2 is to determine whether the threshold voltage of the memory cell transistor MC is less than the full voltage V2. Hereinafter, similarly, the read operations R3-R15 are to determine whether the threshold voltage of the memory cell transistor MC is lower than the full voltage V3-V15, respectively.
如以上般,各記憶格電晶體MC是藉由具有16個的臨界值電壓分佈的任一個,可取16種類的狀態。藉由以2進位制來將該等的狀態分配成“0000”~“1111”,可保持各記憶格電晶體MC是4位元的資料。以下,將4位元的資料分別記載為Lower位元、Middle位元、Upper位元及Top位元。又,將一併被寫入(被讀出)至記憶體群組MG的Lower位元的集合記載為Lower頁,將Middle位元的集合記載為Middle頁,將Upper位元的集合記載為Upper頁,且將Top位元的集合記載為Top頁。 As above, each memory cell transistor MC can take 16 kinds of states by having any one of 16 threshold voltage distributions. By distributing the states of these as "0000"~"1111" in binary system, the data of each memory cell transistor MC can be kept as 4 bits. Hereinafter, the 4-bit data are respectively described as Lower bit, Middle bit, Upper bit and Top bit. Also, a set of Lower bits to be written (read) into the memory group MG together is described as a Lower page, a set of Middle bits is described as a Middle page, and a set of Upper bits is described as an Upper page. page, and record the set of Top bits as a Top page.
在圖38的例子中,對於含在各臨界值電壓分 佈的記憶格電晶體MC,如以下般,資料被分配成“Top位元/Upper位元/Middle位元/Lower位元”。對於各狀態,以在2個的鄰接的狀態(狀態)間,1位元的資料會成為變化的格雷編碼之方式,分配資料。 In the example of Figure 38, for each threshold voltage divided For the memory cell transistor MC, as follows, the data is allocated into "Top bit/Upper bit/Middle bit/Lower bit". For each state, data is allocated in such a manner that 1-bit data is changed between two adjacent states (states) in Gray code.
“S0”狀態:“1111”資料 "S0" status: "1111" information
“S1”狀態:“0111”資料 "S1" status: "0111" data
“S2”狀態:“0011”資料 "S2" status: "0011" data
“S3”狀態:“0001”資料 "S3" status: "0001" data
“S4”狀態:“0101”資料 "S4" status: "0101" data
“S5”狀態:“1101”資料 "S5" status: "1101" data
“S6”狀態:“1001”資料 "S6" status: "1001" data
“S7”狀態:“1011”資料 "S7" status: "1011" information
“S8”狀態:“1010”資料 "S8" status: "1010" information
“S9”狀態:“1110”資料 "S9" status: "1110" information
“S10”狀態:“0110”資料 "S10" status: "0110" data
“S11”狀態:“0100”資料 "S11" status: "0100" data
“S12”狀態:“1100”資料 "S12" status: "1100" information
“S13”狀態:“1000”資料 "S13" status: "1000" data
“S14”狀態:“0000”資料 "S14" status: "0000" data
“S15”狀態:“0010”資料 "S15" status: "0010" data
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R8來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R3、R7、R11及R15來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R2、R4、R6、R9及R13來確定。Top頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R5、 R10、R12及R14來確定。亦即,Lower位元、Middle位元、Upper位元、及Top位元的值是分別藉由1次、4次、5次、及5次的讀出動作來確定。亦即,境界數是對於Lower位元、Middle位元、Upper位元、及Top位元,為1個、4個、5個、及5個。因此,本實施形態的資料的分配是1-4-5-5編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operation R8. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R3, R7, R11 and R15. The upper page is determined by the read operations R2, R4, R6, R9 and R13. The Top page is read by the read actions R1, R5, R10, R12 and R14 to determine. That is, the values of the Lower bit, Middle bit, Upper bit, and Top bit are respectively determined by 1, 4, 5, and 5 read operations. That is, the number of boundaries is 1, 4, 5, and 5 for Lower bits, Middle bits, Upper bits, and Top bits. Therefore, the allocation of data in this embodiment is 1-4-5-5 coding.
在本實施形態中,在資料對於Top位元、Upper位元、Middle位元及Lower位元的分配中,境界數為1個的位元含有1個。進一步,境界數不是1個的位元的境界數是以境界數的最大值會形成最小的方式編碼。例如,QLC,亦即4bit/Cell的情況,全境界數為15,因此以剩下的3位元來分擔剩下的境界數14個時,境界數的最大值形成最小的是將位元的境界數設為4個、5個、及5個的情況。 In this embodiment, in the assignment of data to Top bits, Upper bits, Middle bits, and Lower bits, one bit has a boundary number of one. Furthermore, the level number of bits whose level number is not 1 is coded in such a manner that the maximum value of the level number becomes the minimum. For example, in QLC, that is, in the case of 4bit/Cell, the total number of boundaries is 15, so when the remaining 3 bits are used to share the remaining 14 boundaries, the maximum value of the number of boundaries is formed to be the smallest. The number of boundaries is set to 4, 5, and 5 cases.
另外,對“S0”~“S15”狀態的資料的分配是不被限定於1-4-5-5編碼。 In addition, the allocation of data in the states "S0"~"S15" is not limited to 1-4-5-5 encoding.
其次,利用圖39及圖40來說明有關邏輯頁位址與物理頁位址的變換動作的一例。圖39是說明邏輯頁位址與物理頁位址的變換動作的流程的圖。圖40是邏輯頁資料對於物理頁的分配的圖。 Next, an example of conversion operations between logical page addresses and physical page addresses will be described with reference to FIGS. 39 and 40 . FIG. 39 is a diagram illustrating the flow of conversion operations between logical page addresses and physical page addresses. Fig. 40 is a diagram showing allocation of logical page data to physical pages.
如圖39所示般,例如,記憶體控制器200是若從主裝置2接受寫入要求,則對應於接收的3個的邏輯
位址“00001”、“00002”及“00003”,分配3個的邏輯頁位址“90001”、“90002”及“90003”。在以下,將被分配的3個的邏輯頁記載為「邏輯第1頁」、「邏輯第2頁」及「邏輯第3頁」。在圖39的例子中,邏輯第1頁會對應於邏輯頁位址“90001”,邏輯第2頁會對應於邏輯頁位址“90002”,邏輯第3頁會對應於邏輯頁位址“90003”。
As shown in FIG. 39 , for example, if the
指令使用者介面電路121是若從記憶體控制器200接受3頁分的邏輯頁位址及邏輯頁的寫入命令,則將3頁分的邏輯頁位址變換成4頁分的物理頁位址。在本實施形態中,指令使用者介面電路121是將邏輯第1頁的邏輯頁位址變換成Lower頁的第1格區域及Middle頁的物理頁位址。指令使用者介面電路121是將邏輯第2頁的邏輯頁位址變換成Lower頁的第2格區域及Upper頁的物理頁位址。進一步,指令使用者介面電路121是將邏輯第3頁的邏輯頁位址變換成Lower頁的第3格區域及Top頁的物理頁位址。
The instruction
此時,3頁分的邏輯頁的資料長與4頁分的物理頁的資料長為相同。在本實施形態中,寫入的邏輯頁數為a=“3”,寫入的物理頁數為b=“4”,因此1頁的物理頁,亦即1個的記憶體群組MG的頁大小n是以n=m×3/4來表示。又,第1~第3格區域的頁大小是分別以n/3來表示。例如,當邏輯頁的頁大小為16[kB]時,物理頁的頁大小是n=16×3/4=12[kB]。 At this time, the data length of the three-page logical page is the same as the data length of the four-page physical page. In this embodiment, the number of logical pages to be written is a="3", and the number of physical pages to be written is b="4". Therefore, one physical page, that is, one memory group MG The page size n is represented by n=m×3/4. Also, the page sizes of the 1st to 3rd grid areas are represented by n/3, respectively. For example, when the page size of the logical page is 16[kB], the page size of the physical page is n=16×3/4=12[kB].
例如,定序器123是根據在指令使用者介面電路121中被變換的物理頁位址,將邏輯第1頁的資料寫入
至1個的記憶體群組MG的Lower頁的第1格區域及Middle頁的第1~第3格區域。定序器123是將邏輯第2頁的資料寫入至Lower頁的第2格區域及Upper頁的第1~第3格區域。定序器123是將邏輯第3頁的資料寫入至Lower頁的第3格區域與Top頁的第1~第3格區域。
For example, the
其次,詳述有關1個的記憶體群組MG的邏輯頁資料的配置。 Next, the arrangement of the logical page data of one memory group MG will be described in detail.
如圖40所示般,在本實施形態中,將邏輯第1頁、邏輯第2頁及邏輯第3頁的資料分別4分割,從前頭資料設為第1群集~第4群集。例如,記憶體100是在Lower頁的第1格區域寫入邏輯第1頁的第1群集,在Middle頁的第2格區域寫入邏輯第1頁的第2群集,在Middle頁的第3格區域寫入邏輯第1頁的第3群集,在Middle頁的第1格區域寫入邏輯第1頁的第4群集。記憶體100是在Lower頁的第2格區域寫入邏輯第2頁的第1群集,在Upper頁的第3格區域寫入邏輯第2頁的第2群集,在Upper頁的第1格區域寫入邏輯第2頁的第3群集,在Upper頁的第2格區域寫入邏輯第2頁的第4群集。記憶體100是在Lower頁的第3格區域寫入邏輯第3頁的第1群集,在Top頁的第1格區域寫入邏輯第3頁的第2群集,在Top頁的第2格區域寫入邏輯第3頁的第3群集,在Top頁的第3格區域寫入邏輯第3頁的第4群集。
As shown in FIG. 40, in this embodiment, the data of the logical 1st page, the 2nd logical page, and the 3rd logical page are divided into four, and the data from the top are set as the first cluster to the fourth cluster. For example,
其次,說明讀出動作。在本實施形態中,在
成為讀出對象的邏輯頁為邏輯第1頁的情況及為邏輯第2頁的情況以及為邏輯第3頁的情況,讀出動作不同。邏輯頁為邏輯第1頁的情況,成為讀出的對象的物理頁是Lower頁(第1格區域)及Middle頁(第1格區域~第3格區域)。此情況,記憶體100是將Lower頁的第1格區域的資料及Middle頁的第1格區域~第3格區域的資料發送(輸出)至記憶體控制器200。邏輯頁為邏輯第2頁的情況,成為讀出的對象的物理頁是Lower頁(第2格區域)及Upper頁(第1格區域~第3格區域)。此情況,記憶體100是將Lower頁的第2格區域的資料及Upper頁的第1格區域~第3格區域的資料發送(輸出)至記憶體控制器200。又,邏輯頁為邏輯第3頁的情況,成為讀出的對象的物理頁是Lower頁(第3格區域)及Top頁(第1格區域~第3格區域)。此情況,記憶體100是將Lower頁的第3格區域的資料及Top頁的第1格區域~第3格區域的資料發送(輸出)至記憶體控制器200。
Next, the read operation will be described. In this embodiment, in
The read operation differs when the logical page to be read is the first logical page, when it is the second logical page, and when it is the third logical page. When the logical page is the logical first page, the physical pages to be read are the Lower page (the first grid area) and the Middle page (the first grid area to the third grid area). In this case, the
首先,利用圖41~圖43來說明記憶體100的讀出動作的流程。圖41~圖43是讀出動作的流程圖。
First, the flow of the read operation of the
如圖41~圖43所示般,記憶體100是從記憶體控制器200接受邏輯第1頁、邏輯第2頁或邏輯第3頁的讀出命令(步驟S1)。指令使用者介面電路121是將邏輯頁位址變換成物理頁位址之後,將接受的指令及變換後的物理頁位址發送至定序器123。
As shown in FIGS. 41 to 43 , the
邏輯頁位址為邏輯第1頁的邏輯頁位址時(步驟S50_Yes),定序器123是首先實行Lower頁的讀出動作(步驟S51)。更具體而言,定序器123是實行對應於讀出電壓V8的讀出動作R8。
When the logical page address is the logical page address of the first logical page (step S50_Yes), the
定序器123是根據讀出動作R8的結果,決定Lower頁的資料(步驟S52)。
The
定序器123是將感測電路SA1~SA3所讀出的Lower頁的資料分別轉送至鎖存電路ADL1~ADL3(步驟S53)。
The
定序器123是將鎖存電路ADL1的資料(邏輯第1頁的第1群集的資料)轉送至鎖存電路XDL1(步驟S54)。
The
定序器123是在列計數器125中,設定鎖存電路XDL1的前頭位址,作為列位址CA(步驟S55)。串列存取控制器126是根據在列計數器125計數的列位址CA,從鎖存電路XDL1的前頭位址依序接收資料,轉送至輸出入電路110。輸出入電路110是開始對記憶體控制器200的鎖存電路XDL1的資料的發送(輸出)。另外,定序器123是將感測電路SA1~SA3所讀出的Lower頁的資料轉送至鎖存電路ADL1~ADL3之後,使鎖存電路ADL1的資料轉送至鎖存電路XDL1,但亦可使感測電路SA1的資料直接轉送至鎖存電路XDL1。
The
定序器123是與鎖存電路XDL1的資料的輸出並行,實行Middle頁的讀出動作(步驟S56)。更具體而言,定序器123是實行對應於讀出電壓V3的讀出動作R3、
對應於讀出電壓V7的讀出動作R7、對應於讀出電壓V11的讀出動作R11及對應於讀出電壓V15的讀出動作R15。另外,讀出動作R3、R7、R11及R15的順序是可任意地設定。
The
定序器123是根據讀出動作R3、R7、R11及R15的結果,決定Middle頁的資料(步驟S57)。
The
定序器123是將感測電路SA1~SA3所讀出的Middle頁的資料分別轉送至鎖存電路ADL1~ADL3(步驟S58)。
The
定序器123是將鎖存電路ADL2及ADL3的資料(邏輯第1頁的第2及第3群集的資料)分別轉送至鎖存電路XDL2及XDL3(步驟S59)。
The
定序器123是當鎖存電路XDL1的資料(邏輯第1頁的第1群集的資料)的輸出未結束時(步驟S60_No),至輸出結束為止,重複資料輸出的確認動作。
The
若鎖存電路XDL1的資料的輸出結束(步驟S60_Yes),則定序器123是將鎖存電路ADL1的資料(邏輯第1頁的第4群集的資料)轉送至鎖存電路XDL1(步驟S61)。定序器123是若鎖存電路XDL2及XDL3的資料輸出結束,則在列計數器125中,設定鎖存電路XDL1的前頭位址,作為列位址CA。然後,定序器123是若鎖存電路XDL1的資料的輸出結束,則結束邏輯第1頁的讀出動作。
If the output of the data of the latch circuit XDL1 is completed (step S60_Yes), the
邏輯頁位址為邏輯第2頁的邏輯頁位址時(步驟S50_No且步驟S62_Yes),定序器123是與步驟S51同樣,
實行Lower頁的讀出動作(步驟S63)。
When the logical page address is the logical page address of the second logical page (step S50_No and step S62_Yes), the
定序器123是根據讀出動作R8的結果,決定Lower頁的資料(步驟S64)。
The
定序器123是將感測電路SA1~SA3所讀出的Lower頁的資料分別轉送至鎖存電路ADL1~ADL3(步驟S65)。
The
定序器123是將鎖存電路ADL2的資料(邏輯第2頁的第1群集的資料)轉送至鎖存電路XDL2(步驟S66)。另外,定序器123是將感測電路SA1~SA3所讀出的Lower頁的資料轉送至鎖存電路ADL1~ADL3之後,使鎖存電路ADL2的資料轉送至鎖存電路XDL2,但亦可使感測電路SA2的資料直接轉送至鎖存電路XDL2。
The
定序器123是在列計數器125中,設定鎖存電路XDL2的前頭位址,作為列位址CA(步驟S67)。串列存取控制器126是根據在列計數器125計數的列位址CA,從鎖存電路XDL2的前頭位址依序接收資料,轉送至輸出入電路110。輸出入電路110是開始對記憶體控制器200的鎖存電路XDL2的資料的發送(輸出)。
The
定序器123是與鎖存電路XDL2的資料的輸出並行,實行Upper頁的讀出動作(步驟S68)。更具體而言,定序器123是實行對應於讀出電壓V2的讀出動作R2、對應於讀出電壓V4的讀出動作R4、對應於讀出電壓V6的讀出動作R6、對應於讀出電壓V9的讀出動作R9及對應於讀出電壓V13的讀出動作R13。另外,讀出動作R2、R4、R6、
R9及R13的順序是可任意地設定。
The
定序器123是根據讀出動作R2、R4、R6、R9及R13的結果,決定Upper頁的資料(步驟S69)。
The
定序器123是將感測電路SA1~SA3所讀出的Upper頁的資料分別轉送至鎖存電路ADL1~ADL3(步驟S70)。
The
定序器123是將鎖存電路ADL1及ADL3的資料(邏輯第2頁的第2及第3群集的資料)分別轉送至鎖存電路XDL1及XDL3(步驟S71)。
The
定序器123是當鎖存電路XDL2的資料(邏輯第2頁的第1群集的資料)的輸出未結束時(步驟S72_No),至輸出結束為止,重複資料輸出的確認動作。
The
若鎖存電路XDL2的資料的輸出結束(步驟S72_Yes),則定序器123是將鎖存電路ADL2的資料(邏輯第2頁的第4群集的資料)轉送至鎖存電路XDL2(步驟S73)。定序器123是若鎖存電路XDL3的資料(邏輯第2頁的第2群集的資料)輸出結束,則在列計數器125中,設定鎖存電路XDL1的前頭位址,作為列位址CA。然後,定序器123是若鎖存電路XDL1的資料(邏輯第2頁的第3群集的資料)及鎖存電路XDL2的資料(邏輯第2頁的第4群集的資料)的輸出結束,則結束邏輯第2頁的讀出動作。
If the output of the data of the latch circuit XDL2 is completed (step S72_Yes), the
邏輯頁位址為邏輯第3頁的邏輯頁位址時(步驟S50_No且步驟S62_No),定序器123是與步驟S51同樣,實行Lower頁的讀出動作(步驟S74)。
When the logical page address is the logical page address of the third logical page (step S50_No and step S62_No), the
定序器123是根據讀出動作R8的結果,決定Lower頁的資料(步驟S74)。
The
定序器123是將感測電路SA1~SA3所讀出的Lower頁的資料分別轉送至鎖存電路ADL1~ADL3(步驟S76)。
The
定序器123是將鎖存電路ADL3的資料(邏輯第3頁的第1群集的資料)轉送至鎖存電路XDL3(步驟S77)。另外,定序器123是將感測電路SA1~SA3所讀出的Lower頁的資料轉送至鎖存電路ADL1~ADL3之後,將鎖存電路ADL3的資料轉送至鎖存電路XDL3,但亦可使感測電路SA3的資料直接轉送至鎖存電路XDL3。
The
定序器123是在列計數器125中,設定鎖存電路XDL3的前頭位址,作為列位址CA(步驟S78)。串列存取控制器126是根據在列計數器125計數的列位址CA,從鎖存電路XDL3的前頭位址依序接收資料,轉送至輸出入電路110。輸出入電路110是開始對記憶體控制器200的鎖存電路XDL3的資料的發送(輸出)。
The
定序器123是與鎖存電路XDL3的資料的輸出並行,實行Top頁的讀出動作(步驟S79)。更具體而言,定序器123是實行對應於讀出電壓V1的讀出動作R1、對應於讀出電壓V5的讀出動作R5、對應於讀出電壓V10的讀出動作R10、對應於讀出電壓V12的讀出動作R12及對應於讀出電壓V14的讀出動作R14。另外,讀出動作R1、R5、R10、R12及R14的順序是可任意地設定。
The
定序器123是根據讀出動作R1、R5、R10、R12及R14的結果,決定Top頁的資料(步驟S80)。
The
定序器123是將感測電路SA1~SA3所讀出的Top頁的資料分別轉送至鎖存電路ADL1~ADL3(步驟S81)。
The
定序器123是將鎖存電路ADL1及ADL2的資料(邏輯第3頁的第2及第3群集的資料)分別轉送至鎖存電路XDL1及XDL2(步驟S82)。
The
定序器123是當鎖存電路XDL3的資料(邏輯第3頁的第1群集的資料)的輸出未結束時(步驟S83_No),至輸出結束為止,重複資料輸出的確認動作。
The
若鎖存電路XDL3的資料的輸出結束(步驟S83_Yes),則定序器123是將鎖存電路ADL3的資料(邏輯第2頁的第4群集的資料)轉送至鎖存電路XDL3(步驟S84)。又,定序器123是若鎖存電路XDL3的資料(邏輯第3頁的第1群集的資料)輸出結束,則在列計數器125中,設定鎖存電路XDL1的前頭位址,作為列位址CA。然後,定序器123是若鎖存電路XDL1的資料(邏輯第3頁的第2群集的資料)、鎖存電路XDL2的資料(邏輯第3頁的第3群集的資料)及鎖存電路XDL3的資料(邏輯第3頁的第4群集的資料)的輸出結束,則結束邏輯第3頁的讀出動作。
If the output of the data of the latch circuit XDL3 is completed (step S83_Yes), the
其次,利用圖44~圖46來說明有關讀出動作 的命令順序的一例。圖44是邏輯第1頁的讀出動作的命令順序。圖45是邏輯第2頁的讀出動作的命令順序。圖46是邏輯第3頁的讀出動作的命令順序。在圖44~圖46的例子中,為了將說明簡略化,訊號CEn、CLE、ALE、WEn及REn是被省略。又,在圖44~圖46的例子中,指令的一部分及位址也被省略。進一步,在圖44~圖46的例子中,一併顯示內部RBn訊號為忙碌狀態時的選擇字元線WL的電壓。 Next, use Figure 44 to Figure 46 to explain the readout operation An example of the command sequence. Fig. 44 shows the command sequence of the read operation of the first logical page. Fig. 45 shows the command sequence of the read operation of the second logical page. Fig. 46 shows the command sequence of the read operation of the third logical page. In the examples shown in FIGS. 44 to 46 , the signals CEn, CLE, ALE, WEn, and REn are omitted to simplify the description. In addition, in the examples of FIGS. 44 to 46 , part of the commands and addresses are also omitted. Furthermore, in the examples of FIGS. 44 to 46 , the voltage of the selected word line WL when the internal RBn signal is in a busy state is also displayed.
首先,說明邏輯第1頁的讀出動作的命令順序。 First, the command sequence of the read operation of the first logical page will be described.
如圖44所示般,定序器123是回應指令“30h”,開始讀出動作。首先,定序器123是將內部RBn訊號及外部RBn訊號設為表示忙碌狀態的“L”位準。其次,定序器123是實行Lower頁的讀出動作(讀出動作R8)。亦即,對選擇字元線WL施加讀出電壓V8。Lower頁的讀出結果是被儲存於鎖存電路ADL1~ADL3。然後,鎖存電路ADL1的資料是被轉送至鎖存電路XDL1。定序器123是若Lower頁的讀出動作結束,則將外部RBn訊號設為表示預備狀態的“H”位準。又,定序器123是若Lower頁的讀出動作結束,則開始其次Middle頁的讀出動作(讀出動作R3、R7、R11及R15)。亦即,對選擇字元線WL依序施加讀出電壓V3、V7、V11及V15。
As shown in FIG. 44, the
記憶體控制器200是若接收“H”位準的外部RBn訊號,則將訊號REn(未圖示)發送至記憶體100。輸出
入電路110是按照訊號REn,開始資料的輸出。首先,輸出入電路110是輸出鎖存電路XDL1的資料。定序器123是在實行Middle頁的讀出動作的期間,若鎖存電路XDL1的資料輸出結束,則至Middle頁的讀出結束為止,一旦將外部RBn訊號設為“L”位準。
The
Middle頁的讀出結果是被儲存於鎖存電路ADL1~ADL3。然後,鎖存電路ADL1~ADL3的資料是被轉送至鎖存電路XDL1~XDL3。若Middle頁的讀出動作結束,則定序器123是將外部RBn訊號及內部RBn訊號設為“H”位準。
The read results of the Middle page are stored in the latch circuits ADL1~ADL3. Then, the data of the latch circuits ADL1~ADL3 are transferred to the latch circuits XDL1~XDL3. When the read operation of the Middle page is completed, the
記憶體控制器200是若接收“H”位準的外部RBn訊號,則重開訊號REn(未圖示)的發送。輸出入電路110是按照訊號REn來依鎖存電路XDL2、XDL3及XDL1的順序輸出資料。若鎖存電路XDL1的資料的輸出結束,則邏輯第1頁的讀出動作結束。另外,記憶體100是亦可將外部RBn訊號設為與內部RBn訊號相同,讀出全部的資料之後,將外部RBn訊號(內部RBn訊號)設為“H”位準,輸出資料。
If the
其次,說明邏輯第2頁的讀出動作的命令順序。
Next, the command sequence of the read operation of the
如圖45所示般,定序器123是按照指令“30h”,開始讀出動作。首先,定序器123是將內部RBn訊號及外部RBn訊號設為表示忙碌狀態的“L”位準。其次,定序器123是實行Lower頁的讀出動作(讀出動作R8)。亦
即,讀出電壓V8會被施加於選擇字元線WL。Lower頁的讀出結果是被儲存於鎖存電路ADL1~ADL3。然後,鎖存電路ADL2的資料是被轉送至鎖存電路XDL2。定序器123是若Lower頁的讀出動作結束,則將外部RBn訊號設為表示預備狀態的“H”位準。又,定序器123是若Lower頁的讀出動作結束,則其次開始Upper頁的讀出動作(讀出動作R2、R4、R6、R9及R13)。亦即,對選擇字元線WL依序施加讀出電壓V2、V4、V6、V9及V13。
As shown in FIG. 45, the
記憶體控制器200是若接收“H”位準的外部RBn訊號,則將訊號REn(未圖示)發送至記憶體100。輸出入電路110是按照訊號REn,開始資料的輸出。首先,輸出入電路110是輸出鎖存電路XDL2的資料。定序器123是若在實行Upper頁的讀出動作的期間,鎖存電路XDL2的資料輸出結束,則至Upper頁的讀出結束為止,將外部RBn一旦設為“L”位準。
The
Upper頁的讀出結果是被儲存於鎖存電路ADL1~ADL3。而且,鎖存電路ADL1~ADL3的資料是被轉送至鎖存電路XDL1~XDL3。若Upper頁的讀出動作結束,則定序器123是將外部RBn及內部RBn設為“H”位準。
The reading result of the upper page is stored in the latch circuits ADL1-ADL3. Moreover, the data of the latch circuits ADL1~ADL3 are transferred to the latch circuits XDL1~XDL3. When the reading operation of the upper page is completed, the
記憶體控制器200是若接收“H”位準的外部RBn訊號,則重開訊號REn(未圖示)的發送。輸出入電路110是按照訊號REn來依鎖存電路XDL3、XDL1、XDL2的順序輸出資料。若鎖存電路XDL2的資料的輸出結束,則邏輯第2頁的讀出動作結束。另外,記憶體100是亦可將外
部RBn訊號設為與內部RBn訊號相同,讀出全部的資料之後,將外部RBn訊號(內部RBn訊號)設為“H”位準,輸出資料。
If the
其次,說明邏輯第3頁的讀出動作的命令順序。
Next, the command sequence of the read operation of the
如圖46所示般,定序器123是回應指令“30h”,開始讀出動作。首先,定序器123是將內部RBn訊號及外部RBn訊號設為表示忙碌狀態的“L”位準。其次,定序器123是實行Lower頁的讀出動作(讀出動作R8)。亦即,讀出電壓V8會被施加於選擇字元線WL。Lower頁的讀出結果是被儲存於鎖存電路ADL1~ADL3。然後,鎖存電路ADL3的資料是被轉送至鎖存電路XDL3。定序器123是若Lower頁的讀出動作結束,則將外部RBn訊號設為表示預備(ready)狀態的“H”位準。又,定序器123是若Lower頁的讀出動作結束,則其次開始Top頁的讀出動作(讀出動作R1、R5、R10、R12及R14)。亦即,對選擇字元線WL依序施加讀出電壓V1、V5、V10、V12及V14。
As shown in FIG. 46, the
記憶體控制器200是若接收“H”位準的外部RBn訊號,則將訊號REn(未圖示)發送至記憶體100。輸出入電路110是按照訊號REn,開始資料的輸出。首先,輸出入電路110是輸出鎖存電路XDL3的資料。定序器123是若在實行Top頁的讀出動作的期間,鎖存電路XDL3的資料輸出結束,則至Top頁的讀出結束為止,將外部RBn一旦設為“L”位準。
The
Top頁的讀出結果是被儲存於鎖存電路ADL1~ADL3。然後,鎖存電路ADL1~ADL3的資料是被轉送至鎖存電路XDL1~XDL3。若Top頁的讀出動作結束,則定序器123是將外部RBn及內部RBn設為“H”位準。
The read results of the Top page are stored in the latch circuits ADL1~ADL3. Then, the data of the latch circuits ADL1~ADL3 are transferred to the latch circuits XDL1~XDL3. When the read operation of the Top page is completed, the
記憶體控制器200是若接收“H”位準的外部RBn訊號,則重開訊號REn(未圖示)的發送。輸出入電路110是按照訊號REn,依鎖存電路XDL1、XDL2、XDL3的順序輸出資料。若鎖存電路XDL3的資料的輸出結束,則邏輯第3頁的讀出動作結束。另外,記憶體100是亦可將外部RBn訊號設為與內部RBn訊號相同,讀出全部的資料之後,將外部RBn訊號(內部RBn訊號)設為“H”位準,輸出資料。
If the
其次,說明有關寫入動作。在本實施形態中,實行邏輯第1~第3頁的資料會一併被寫入至具有Lower頁、Middle頁、Uppwer頁及Top頁的記憶體群組MG的全順序寫入動作。亦即,4位元的資料會一併被寫入至1個的記憶格電晶體MC。在本實施形態的全順序寫入動作中,實行“S1”狀態~“S15”狀態的寫入。 Next, the writing operation will be described. In this embodiment, the data of the logical first to third pages are written into the memory group MG having the Lower page, Middle page, Upwer page and Top page at the same time. That is, 4-bit data will be written into one memory cell transistor MC at the same time. In the full sequential writing operation of this embodiment, writing in the "S1" state to the "S15" state is performed.
其次,利用圖47~圖49來說明有關記憶體100的寫入動作。圖47~圖49是寫入動作的流程圖。
Next, the writing operation of the
如圖47~圖49所示般,記憶體100是在寫入命令的接受中,從記憶體控制器200接收邏輯第1頁的邏輯頁位址(步驟S251)。指令使用者介面電路121是將邏輯第1頁的邏輯頁位址變換成物理頁位址。
As shown in FIGS. 47 to 49 , the
定序器123是在列計數器125中,設定鎖存電路XDL1的前頭位址,作為列位址CA(步驟S252)。
The
在頁緩衝器133中,根據從列計數器125接收的列位址CA,開始對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第1頁的第1群集的資料輸入(步驟S253)。
In the
定序器123是對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第1頁的第1群集的資料輸入未結束時(步驟S254_No),至輸入結束為止,重複資料輸入的確認動作。
The
若對鎖存電路XDL1的資料輸入結束(步驟S254_Yes),則定序器123是將鎖存電路XDL1的資料轉送至鎖存電路ADL1(步驟S255)。又,對鎖存電路XDL1的資料輸入結束,則接著依序實行對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第1頁的第2群集的資料輸入及對鎖存電路XDL3的邏輯第1頁的第3群集的資料輸入。
If the data input to the latch circuit XDL1 is completed (step S254_Yes), the
定序器123是對鎖存電路XDL3的邏輯第1頁的第3群集的資料輸入未結束時(步驟S256_No),至輸入結束為止,重複資料輸入的確認動作。
The
若對鎖存電路XDL3的資料輸入結束(步驟S256_Yes),則定序器123是在列計數器125中,設定鎖存電路XDL1的前頭位址,作為列位址CA(步驟S257)。
If the data input to the latch circuit XDL3 is completed (step S256_Yes), the
在頁緩衝器133中,根據從列計數器125接收的列位址CA,開始對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第1頁的第4群集的資料輸入。
In the
定序器123是對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第1頁的第4群集的資料輸入未結束時(步驟S258_No),至輸入結束為止,重複資料輸入的確認動作。
The
若對鎖存電路XDL1的資料輸入結束(步驟S258_Yes),則對鎖存電路XDL1~XDL3的邏輯第1頁的資料輸入結束。 When the data input to the latch circuit XDL1 is completed (step S258_Yes), the data input to the logical first page of the latch circuits XDL1 to XDL3 is completed.
定序器123是將鎖存電路XDL1~XDL3的資料分別轉送至鎖存電路BDL1~BDL3(步驟S259)。藉此,邏輯第1頁的資料輸入結束。另外,定序器123是亦可在對鎖存電路XDL2的資料輸入的期間,從鎖存電路XDL1轉送資料至鎖存電路ADL1,或亦可在對鎖存電路XDL3的資料輸入的期間,從鎖存電路XDL2轉送資料至鎖存電路BDL2,或亦可在對鎖存電路XDL1的資料輸入的期間,從鎖存電路XDL3轉送資料至鎖存電路BDL3,或亦可在對鎖存電路XDL2的資料輸入的期間,從鎖存電路XDL1轉送資料至鎖存電路BDL1。
The
其次,記憶體100是從記憶體控制器200接受邏輯第2頁的邏輯頁位址(步驟S260)。此時,指令使用者介面電路121是將邏輯第2頁的邏輯頁位址變換成物理頁位址。
Next, the
定序器123是在列計數器125中,設定鎖存電
路XDL2的前頭位址,作為列位址CA(步驟S261)。
The
在頁緩衝器133中,根據從列計數器125接收的列位址CA,開始對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第2頁的第1群集的資料輸入(步驟S262)。
In the
定序器123是對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第2頁的第1群集的資料輸入未結束時(步驟S263_No),至輸入結束為止,重複資料輸入的確認動作。
The
若對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第2頁的第1群集的資料輸入(步驟S263_Yes),則定序器123是將鎖存電路XDL2的資料轉送至鎖存電路ADL2(步驟S264)。又,若對鎖存電路XDL2的資料輸入結束,則接著實行對鎖存電路XDL3的邏輯第2頁的第2群集的資料輸入。
If the data of the first cluster of the
定序器123是對鎖存電路XDL3的邏輯第2頁的第2群集的資料輸入未結束時(步驟S265_No),至輸入結束為止,重複資料輸入的確認動作。
The
若對鎖存電路XDL3的邏輯第2頁的第2群集的資料輸入結束(步驟S265_Yes),則定序器123是在列計數器125中,設定鎖存電路XDL1的前頭位址,作為列位址CA(步驟S266)。在頁緩衝器133中,根據從列計數器125接收的列位址CA,依序實行對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第2頁的第3群集的資料輸入及對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第2頁的第4群集的資料輸入。
If the data input to the second cluster of the
定序器123是對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第2頁的第4群集的資料輸入未結束時(步驟S267_No),至輸入結
束為止,重複資料輸入的確認動作。
When the
若對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第2頁的第4群集資料輸入結束(步驟S267_Yes),則對鎖存電路XDL1~XDL3的邏輯第2頁的資料輸入結束。
When the fourth cluster data input to the
定序器123是將鎖存電路XDL1~XDL3的資料分別轉送至鎖存電路CDL1~CDL3(步驟S268)。另外,定序器123是亦可在對鎖存電路XDL3的資料輸入的期間,從鎖存電路XDL2轉送資料至鎖存電路ADL2,或亦可在對鎖存電路XDL1的資料輸入的期間,從鎖存電路XDL3轉送資料至鎖存電路BDL3,或亦可在對鎖存電路XDL2的資料輸入的期間,從鎖存電路XDL1轉送資料至鎖存電路BDL1,或亦可在對鎖存電路XDL3的資料輸入的期間,從鎖存電路XDL2轉送資料至鎖存電路BDL2。
The
其次,記憶體100是從記憶體控制器200接收邏輯第3頁的邏輯頁位址(步驟S269)。此時,指令使用者介面電路121是將邏輯第3頁的邏輯頁位址變換成物理頁位址。
Next, the
定序器123是在列計數器125中,設定鎖存電路XDL3的前頭位址,作為列位址CA(步驟S270)。
The
在頁緩衝器133中,根據從列計數器125接收的列位址CA,開始對鎖存電路XDL3的邏輯第3頁的第1群集的資料輸入(步驟S271)。
In the
定序器123是對鎖存電路XDL3的邏輯第3頁的第1群集的資料輸入未結束時(步驟S272_No),至輸入結
束為止,重複資料輸入的確認動作。
When the
若對鎖存電路XDL3的邏輯第3頁的第1群集的資料輸入結束(步驟S272_Yes),則定序器123是將鎖存電路XDL3的資料轉送至鎖存電路ADL3(步驟S273)。
If the data input to the first cluster of the third logical page of the latch circuit XDL3 is completed (step S272_Yes), the
定序器123是在列計數器125中,設定鎖存電路XDL1的前頭位址,作為列位址CA(步驟S274)。在頁緩衝器133中,根據從列計數器125接收的列位址CA,依序實行對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第3頁的第2群集的資料輸入、對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第3頁的第3群集的資料輸入、及對鎖存電路XDL3的邏輯第3頁的第4群集的資料輸入。
The
定序器123是對鎖存電路XDL3的邏輯第3頁的第4群集的資料輸入未結束時(步驟S275_No),至輸入結束為止,重複資料輸入的確認動作。
The
若對鎖存電路XDL3的邏輯第3頁的第4群集的資料輸入結束(步驟S275_Yes),則對鎖存電路XDL1~XDL3的邏輯第3頁的資料輸入結束。定序器123是將外部RBn訊號設為“L”位準。而且,定序器123是根據被輸入的邏輯第1~第3頁的資料,亦即Lower頁、Middle頁、Upper頁及Top頁的資料的組合,決定各記憶格電晶體MC的狀態。另外,定序器123是亦可在對鎖存電路XDL1的資料輸入的期間,從鎖存電路XDL3轉送資料至鎖存電路ADL3。
When the data input to the fourth cluster of the
定序器123是根據被決定的狀態來實行程式
動作(步驟S276)。
The
程式動作結束後,定序器123是實行程式驗證動作(步驟S277)。
After the program operation is completed, the
未通過驗證時(步驟S278_No),定序器123是確認程式循環次數是否到達預先被設定的上限次數(步驟S279)。
If the verification is not passed (step S278_No), the
程式循環次數未到達上限次數時(步驟S279_No),定序器123是實行程式動作(步驟S276)。亦即,定序器123是重複程式循環。
When the number of program loops does not reach the upper limit (step S279_No), the
程式循環次數到達上限次數時(步驟S279_Yes),定序器123是結束寫入動作,將寫入動作未正常結束的意旨報告記憶體控制器200。
When the number of program loops reaches the upper limit (step S279_Yes), the
通過驗證時(步驟S278_Yes),亦即,若“S1”狀態~“S15”狀態的寫入結束,則定序器123是將外部RBn訊號設為“H”位準,結束全順序寫入動作。
When the verification is passed (step S278_Yes), that is, if the writing of the “S1” state to the “S15” state is completed, the
其次,利用圖50來說明有關寫入動作的命令順序的一例。圖50是全順序寫入動作的命令順序。在圖50的例子中,為了使說明簡略化,訊號CEn、CLE、ALE、WEn及REn是被省略。 Next, an example of the command sequence related to the write operation will be described using FIG. 50 . Fig. 50 shows the command sequence of the full sequential write operation. In the example of FIG. 50, the signals CEn, CLE, ALE, WEn, and REn are omitted for simplicity of description.
如圖50所示般,首先,記憶體控制器200是將指令“80h”發送至記憶體100。其次,記憶體控制器200是發送邏輯第1頁的邏輯頁位址“AD-P1”。在記憶體100
中,指令使用者介面電路121是將接收的邏輯頁位址“AD-P1”變換成物理頁位址。
As shown in FIG. 50 , first, the
其次,記憶體控制器200是將邏輯第1頁的資料發送至記憶體100。邏輯第1頁的第1群集是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL1之後,被轉送至鎖存電路ADL1。邏輯第1頁的第2及第3群集是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL2及XDL3之後,被轉送至鎖存電路BDL2及BDL3。邏輯第1頁的第4群集是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL1之後,被轉送至鎖存電路BDL1。
Secondly, the
其次,記憶體控制器200是將通知其次的邏輯頁的資料輸入的指令“1Ah”發送至記憶體100。其次,記憶體控制器200是將指令“80h”及邏輯第2頁的邏輯頁位址“AD-P2”發送至記憶體100。在記憶體100中,指令使用者介面電路121是將接收的邏輯頁位址“AD-P2”變換成物理頁位址。
Next, the
其次,記憶體控制器200是將邏輯第2頁的資料發送至記憶體100。邏輯第2頁的第1群集是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL2之後,被轉送至鎖存電路ADL2。邏輯第2頁的第2群集是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL3之後,被轉送至鎖存電路CDL3。邏輯第2頁的第3群集是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL1之後,被轉送至鎖存電路CDL1。邏輯第2頁的第4群集是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL2之後,被轉送至鎖存電路CDL2。
Secondly, the
其次,記憶體控制器200是將通知其次的邏輯頁的資料輸入的指令“1Ah”發送至記憶體100。其次,記
憶體控制器200是將指令“80h”及邏輯第3頁的邏輯頁位址“AD-P3”發送至記憶體100。在記憶體100中,指令使用者介面電路121是將接收的邏輯頁位址“AD-P3”變換成物理頁位址。
Next, the
其次,記憶體控制器200是將邏輯第3頁的資料發送至記憶體100。邏輯第3頁的第1群集是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL3之後,被轉送至鎖存電路ADL3。邏輯第3頁的第2群集是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL1。邏輯第3頁的第3群集是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL2。邏輯第3頁的第4群集是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL3。
Secondly, the
其次,記憶體控制器200是將指示寫入動作的實行的指令“10h”發送至記憶體100。
Next, the
定序器123是若接受指令“10h”,則將內部RBn訊號及外部RBn訊號設為“L”位準。而且,定序器123是根據被儲存於鎖存電路ADL1~ADL3、BDL1~BDL3、CDL1~CDL3及XDL1~XDL3的資料,決定各記憶格電晶體MC的狀態,實行寫入動作。定序器123是寫入動作結束後,將內部RBn訊號及外部RBn訊號設為“H”位準。
The
若為本實施形態的構成,則可取得與第1實施形態同樣的效果。 According to the structure of this embodiment, the same effect as that of the first embodiment can be obtained.
其次、說明有關第6實施形態。在第6實施形態中,針對與第5實施形態不同的QLC的編碼,顯示12個的例子。在各例中,在資料對於Top位元、Upper位元、Middle位元及Lower位元的分配中,境界數為1個的位元含有1個。進一步,境界數不是1個的位元的境界數是以境界數的最大值會形成最小的方式編碼。以下,以和第5實施形態不同的點為中心進行說明。 Next, the sixth embodiment will be described. In the sixth embodiment, 12 examples of coding of QLC different from the fifth embodiment are shown. In each example, in the assignment of data to Top bits, Upper bits, Middle bits, and Lower bits, there is one bit whose boundary number is one. Furthermore, the level number of bits whose level number is not 1 is coded in such a manner that the maximum value of the level number becomes the minimum. Hereinafter, the description will focus on points different from the fifth embodiment.
首先,利用圖51來說明有關第1例的編碼。圖51是表示對各狀態的資料的分配的表。 First, the encoding of the first example will be described using FIG.51. Fig. 51 is a table showing the assignment of data to each status.
如圖51所示般,在本例中,與第5實施形態同樣,對於各狀態,在2個的鄰接的狀態(狀態)間,以1位元的資料成為變化的格雷編碼之方式,分配資料。 As shown in FIG. 51, in this example, similarly to the fifth embodiment, for each state, between two adjacent states (states), 1-bit data is allocated in a manner of changing Gray codes. material.
“S0”狀態:“1111”資料 "S0" status: "1111" data
“S1”狀態:“0111”資料 "S1" status: "0111" data
“S2”狀態:“0011”資料 "S2" status: "0011" data
“S3”狀態:“0001”資料 "S3" status: "0001" data
“S4”狀態:“0101”資料 "S4" status: "0101" data
“S5”狀態:“1101”資料 "S5" status: "1101" data
“S6”狀態:“1001”資料 "S6" status: "1001" data
“S7”狀態:“1011”資料 "S7" status: "1011" information
“S8”狀態:“1010”資料 "S8" status: "1010" information
“S9”狀態:“1000”資料 "S9" status: "1000" data
“S10”狀態:“0000”資料 "S10" status: "0000" data
“S11”狀態:“0010”資料 "S11" status: "0010" data
“S12”狀態:“0110”資料 "S12" status: "0110" data
“S13”狀態:“1110”資料 "S13" status: "1110" information
“S14”狀態:“1100”資料 "S14" status: "1100" information
“S15”狀態:“0100”資料 "S15" status: "0100" data
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R8來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R3、R7、R9、R11及R14來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R2、R4、R6及R12來確定。Top頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R5、R10、R13及R15來確定。因此,本例的資料的分配是1-5-4-5編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operation R8. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R3, R7, R9, R11 and R14. The upper page is determined by the read operations R2, R4, R6 and R12. The Top page is determined by the read operations R1, R5, R10, R13 and R15. Therefore, the distribution of the data in this example is 1-5-4-5 coding.
其次,利用圖52來說明有關第2例的編碼。圖52是表示對各狀態的資料的分配的表。 Next, the encoding of the second example will be described using FIG.52. Fig. 52 is a table showing allocation of materials to each status.
如圖52所示般,在本例中,與第5實施形態同樣,對於各狀態,以在2個的鄰接的狀態(狀態)間,1位元的資料會成為變化的格雷編碼之方式,分配資料。 As shown in FIG. 52, in this example, similarly to the fifth embodiment, for each state, between two adjacent states (states), 1-bit data can be changed into a gray coding method, Assign data.
“S0”狀態:“1111”資料 "S0" status: "1111" data
“S1”狀態:“0111”資料 "S1" status: "0111" data
“S2”狀態:“0011”資料 "S2" status: "0011" data
“S3”狀態:“0001”資料 "S3" status: "0001" data
“S4”狀態:“0101”資料 "S4" status: "0101" data
“S5”狀態:“1101”資料 "S5" status: "1101" data
“S6”狀態:“1001”資料 "S6" status: "1001" data
“S7”狀態:“1011”資料 "S7" status: "1011" information
“S8”狀態:“1010”資料 "S8" status: "1010" information
“S9”狀態:“1110”資料 "S9" status: "1110" information
“S10”狀態:“1100”資料 "S10" status: "1100" information
“S11”狀態:“0100”資料 "S11" status: "0100" data
“S12”狀態:“0110”資料 "S12" status: "0110" data
“S13”狀態:“0010”資料 "S13" status: "0010" data
“S14”狀態:“0000”資料 "S14" status: "0000" data
“S15”狀態:“1000”資料 "S15" status: "1000" data
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R8來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R3、R7、R10、R12及R14來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R2、R4、R6、R9及R13來確定。Top頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R5、R11及R15來確定。因此,本例的資料的分配是1-5-5-4編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operation R8. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R3, R7, R10, R12 and R14. The upper page is determined by the read operations R2, R4, R6, R9 and R13. The Top page is determined by the read operations R1, R5, R11 and R15. Therefore, the distribution of the data in this example is 1-5-5-4 coding.
其次,利用圖53來說明有關第3例的編碼。圖53是表示對各狀態的資料的分配的表。 Next, encoding in the third example will be described using FIG.53. Fig. 53 is a table showing allocation of data to each status.
如圖53所示般,在本例中,與第5實施形態同樣,對於各狀態,以在2個的鄰接的狀態(狀態)間,1位元的資料會成為變化的格雷編碼之方式,分配資料。 As shown in FIG. 53, in this example, similarly to the fifth embodiment, for each state, between two adjacent states (states), 1-bit data can be changed into a gray coding method, Assign data.
“S0”狀態:“1111”資料 "S0" status: "1111" information
“S1”狀態:“0111”資料 "S1" status: "0111" data
“S2”狀態:“0011”資料 "S2" status: "0011" data
“S3”狀態:“0001”資料 "S3" status: "0001" data
“S4”狀態:“0101”資料 "S4" status: "0101" data
“S5”狀態:“1101”資料 "S5" status: "1101" data
“S6”狀態:“1001”資料 "S6" status: "1001" data
“S7”狀態:“1011”資料 "S7" status: "1011" information
“S8”狀態:“1010”資料 "S8" status: "1010" information
“S9”狀態:“0010”資料 "S9" status: "0010" data
“S10”狀態:“0000”資料 "S10" status: "0000" data
“S11”狀態:“0100”資料 "S11" status: "0100" data
“S12”狀態:“0110”資料 "S12" status: "0110" data
“S13”狀態:“1110”資料 "S13" status: "1110" information
“S14”狀態:“1100”資料 "S14" status: "1100" information
“S15”狀態:“1000”資料 "S15" status: "1000" data
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R8來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R3、R7、R10、R12及R14來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R2、R4、R6、R11及R15來確定。Top頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R5、R9及R13來確定。因此,本例的資料的分配是1-5-5-4編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operation R8. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R3, R7, R10, R12 and R14. The upper page is determined by the read operations R2, R4, R6, R11 and R15. The Top page is determined by the read operations R1, R5, R9 and R13. Therefore, the distribution of the data in this example is 1-5-5-4 coding.
其次,利用圖54來說明有關第4例的編碼。圖54是表示對各狀態的資料的分配的表。 Next, encoding in the fourth example will be described using FIG.54. Fig. 54 is a table showing allocation of data to each status.
如圖54所示般,在本例中,與第5實施形態同樣,對於各狀態,以在2個的鄰接的狀態(狀態)間,1位元的資料會成為變化的格雷編碼之方式,分配資料。 As shown in FIG. 54, in this example, similarly to the fifth embodiment, for each state, between two adjacent states (states), 1-bit data can be changed into a gray coding method, Assign data.
“S0”狀態:“1111”資料 "S0" status: "1111" data
“S1”狀態:“0111”資料 "S1" status: "0111" data
“S2”狀態:“0011”資料 "S2" status: "0011" data
“S3”狀態:“1011”資料 "S3" status: "1011" data
“S4”狀態:“1001”資料 "S4" status: "1001" data
“S5”狀態:“1101”資料 "S5" status: "1101" data
“S6”狀態:“0101”資料 "S6" status: "0101" data
“S7”狀態:“0001”資料 "S7" status: "0001" data
“S8”狀態:“0000”資料 "S8" status: "0000" data
“S9”狀態:“0010”資料 "S9" status: "0010" data
“S10”狀態:“0110”資料 "S10" status: "0110" data
“S11”狀態:“0100”資料 "S11" status: "0100" data
“S12”狀態:“1100”資料 "S12" status: "1100" data
“S13”狀態:“1110”資料 "S13" status: "1110" information
“S14”狀態:“1010”資料 "S14" status: "1010" information
“S15”狀態:“1000”資料 "S15" status: "1000" data
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R8來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R4、R9、R11、R13及R15來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作 R2、R5、R7、R10及R14來確定。Top頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R3、R6及R12來確定。因此,本例的資料的分配是1-5-5-4編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operation R8. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R4, R9, R11, R13 and R15. The Upper page is read by the action R2, R5, R7, R10 and R14 to determine. The Top page is determined by the read operations R1, R3, R6 and R12. Therefore, the distribution of the data in this example is 1-5-5-4 coding.
其次,利用圖55來說明有關第5例的編碼。圖55是表示對各狀態的資料的分配的表。 Next, encoding in the fifth example will be described using FIG.55. Fig. 55 is a table showing allocation of materials to each status.
如圖55所示般,在本例中,與第5實施形態同樣,對於各狀態,以在2個的鄰接的狀態(狀態)間,1位元的資料會成為變化的格雷編碼之方式,分配資料。 As shown in FIG. 55, in this example, similarly to the fifth embodiment, for each state, between two adjacent states (states), 1-bit data becomes a gray coded system that changes, Assign data.
“S0”狀態:“1111”資料 "S0" status: "1111" information
“S1”狀態:“0111”資料 "S1" status: "0111" data
“S2”狀態:“0011”資料 "S2" status: "0011" data
“S3”狀態:“1011”資料 "S3" status: "1011" data
“S4”狀態:“1001”資料 "S4" status: "1001" data
“S5”狀態:“1101”資料 "S5" status: "1101" data
“S6”狀態:“0101”資料 "S6" status: "0101" data
“S7”狀態:“0001”資料 "S7" status: "0001" data
“S8”狀態:“0000”資料 "S8" status: "0000" data
“S9”狀態:“0010”資料 "S9" status: "0010" data
“S10”狀態:“1010”資料 "S10" status: "1010" information
“S11”狀態:“1000”資料 "S11" status: "1000" data
“S12”狀態:“1100”資料 "S12" status: "1100" data
“S13”狀態:“1110”資料 "S13" status: "1110" information
“S14”狀態:“0110”資料 "S14" status: "0110" data
“S15”狀態:“0100”資料 "S15" status: "0100" data
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R8來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R4、R9、R11、R13及R15來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R2、R5、R7及R12來確定。Top頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R3、R6、R10及R14來確定。因此,本例的資料的分配是1-5-4-5編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operation R8. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R4, R9, R11, R13 and R15. The upper page is determined by the read operations R2, R5, R7 and R12. The Top page is determined by the read operations R1, R3, R6, R10 and R14. Therefore, the distribution of the data in this example is 1-5-4-5 coding.
其次,利用圖56來說明有關第6例的編碼。圖56是表示對各狀態的資料的分配的表。 Next, encoding in the sixth example will be described using FIG.56. Fig. 56 is a table showing allocation of data to each status.
如圖56所示般,在本例中,與第5實施形態同樣,對於各狀態,以在2個的鄰接的狀態(狀態)間,1位元的資料會成為變化的格雷編碼之方式,分配資料。 As shown in FIG. 56, in this example, similarly to the fifth embodiment, for each state, between two adjacent states (states), 1-bit data can be changed into a gray coding system, Assign data.
“S0”狀態:“1111”資料 "S0" status: "1111" information
“S1”狀態:“0111”資料 "S1" status: "0111" data
“S2”狀態:“0011”資料 "S2" status: "0011" data
“S3”狀態:“1011”資料 "S3" status: "1011" data
“S4”狀態:“1001”資料 "S4" status: "1001" data
“S5”狀態:“0001”資料 "S5" status: "0001" data
“S6”狀態:“0101”資料 "S6" status: "0101" data
“S7”狀態:“1101”資料 "S7" status: "1101" data
“S8”狀態:“1100”資料 "S8" status: "1100" information
“S9”狀態:“1110”資料 "S9" status: "1110" information
“S10”狀態:“1010”資料 "S10" status: "1010" information
“S11”狀態:“1000”資料 "S11" status: "1000" data
“S12”狀態:“0000”資料 "S12" status: "0000" data
“S13”狀態:“0010”資料 "S13" status: "0010" data
“S14”狀態:“0110”資料 "S14" status: "0110" data
“S15”狀態:“0100”資料 "S15" status: "0100" data
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R8來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R4、R9、R11、R13及R15來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R2、R6、R10及R14來確定。Top頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R3、R5、R7及R12來確定。因此,本例的資料的分配是1-5-4-5編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operation R8. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R4, R9, R11, R13 and R15. The upper page is determined by the read operations R2, R6, R10 and R14. The Top page is determined by the read operations R1, R3, R5, R7 and R12. Therefore, the distribution of the data in this example is 1-5-4-5 coding.
其次,利用圖57來說明有關第7例的編碼。圖57是表示對各狀態的資料的分配的表。 Next, encoding in the seventh example will be described using FIG.57. Fig. 57 is a table showing allocation of data to each status.
如圖57所示般,在本例中,與第5實施形態同樣,對於各狀態,以在2個的鄰接的狀態(狀態)間,1位元的資料會成為變化的格雷編碼之方式,分配資料。 As shown in FIG. 57, in this example, similarly to the fifth embodiment, for each state, between two adjacent states (states), 1-bit data can be changed into a gray coding system, Assign data.
“S0”狀態:“1111”資料 "S0" status: "1111" information
“S1”狀態:“0111”資料 "S1" status: "0111" data
“S2”狀態:“0011”資料 "S2" status: "0011" data
“S3”狀態:“1011”資料 "S3" status: "1011" data
“S4”狀態:“1001”資料 "S4" status: "1001" data
“S5”狀態:“0001”資料 "S5" status: "0001" data
“S6”狀態:“0101”資料 "S6" status: "0101" data
“S7”狀態:“1101”資料 "S7" status: "1101" data
“S8”狀態:“1100”資料 "S8" status: "1100" information
“S9”狀態:“1000”資料 "S9" status: "1000" data
“S10”狀態:“1010”資料 "S10" status: "1010" information
“S11”狀態:“1110”資料 "S11" status: "1110" information
“S12”狀態:“0110”資料 "S12" status: "0110" data
“S13”狀態:“0100”資料 "S13" status: "0100" data
“S14”狀態:“0000”資料 "S14" status: "0000" data
“S15”狀態:“0010”資料 "S15" status: "0010" data
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R8來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R4、R10、R13及R15來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R2、R6、R9、R11及R14來確定。Top頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R3、R5、R7及R12來確定。因此,本例的資料的分配是1-4-5-5編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operation R8. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R4, R10, R13 and R15. The upper page is determined by the read operations R2, R6, R9, R11 and R14. The Top page is determined by the read operations R1, R3, R5, R7 and R12. Therefore, the distribution of the data in this example is 1-4-5-5 coding.
其次,利用圖58來說明有關第8例的編碼。圖58是表示對各狀態的資料的分配的表。 Next, encoding in the eighth example will be described using FIG.58. Fig. 58 is a table showing the assignment of data to each status.
如圖58所示般,在本例中,與第5實施形態同樣,對於各狀態,以在2個的鄰接的狀態(狀態)間,1位 元的資料會成為變化的格雷編碼之方式,分配資料。 As shown in FIG. 58, in this example, as in the fifth embodiment, for each state, between two adjacent states (states), one bit The data of the meta will become the gray coding method of the change, and distribute the data.
“S0”狀態:“1111”資料 "S0" status: "1111" information
“S1”狀態:“0111”資料 "S1" status: "0111" data
“S2”狀態:“0011”資料 "S2" status: "0011" data
“S3”狀態:“0001”資料 "S3" status: "0001" data
“S4”狀態:“0101”資料 "S4" status: "0101" data
“S5”狀態:“1101”資料 "S5" status: "1101" data
“S6”狀態:“1001”資料 "S6" status: "1001" data
“S7”狀態:“1011”資料 "S7" status: "1011" information
“S8”狀態:“1010”資料 "S8" status: "1010" information
“S9”狀態:“1000”資料 "S9" status: "1000" data
“S10”狀態:“0000”資料 "S10" status: "0000" data
“S11”狀態:“0100”資料 "S11" status: "0100" data
“S12”狀態:“1100”資料 "S12" status: "1100" information
“S13”狀態:“1110”資料 "S13" status: "1110" information
“S14”狀態:“0110”資料 "S14" status: "0110" data
“S15”狀態:“0010”資料 "S15" status: "0010" data
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R8來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R3、R7、R9及R13來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R2、R4、R6、R11及R14來確定。Top頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R5、R10、R12及R14來確定。因此,本例的資料的分配是1-4-5-5編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operation R8. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R3, R7, R9 and R13. The upper page is determined by the read operations R2, R4, R6, R11 and R14. The Top page is determined by the read operations R1, R5, R10, R12 and R14. Therefore, the distribution of the data in this example is 1-4-5-5 coding.
其次,利用圖59來說明有關第9例的編碼。圖59是表示對各狀態的資料的分配的表。 Next, the encoding of the ninth example will be described using FIG.59. Fig. 59 is a table showing allocation of data to each status.
如圖59所示般,在本例中,與第5實施形態同樣,對於各狀態,以在2個的鄰接的狀態(狀態)間,1位元的資料會成為變化的格雷編碼之方式,分配資料。 As shown in FIG. 59, in this example, similarly to the fifth embodiment, for each state, between two adjacent states (states), 1-bit data can be changed into a gray coding method, Assign data.
“S0”狀態:“1111”資料 "S0" status: "1111" information
“S1”狀態:“0111”資料 "S1" status: "0111" data
“S2”狀態:“0011”資料 "S2" status: "0011" data
“S3”狀態:“1011”資料 "S3" status: "1011" data
“S4”狀態:“1001”資料 "S4" status: "1001" data
“S5”狀態:“0001”資料 "S5" status: "0001" data
“S6”狀態:“0101”資料 "S6" status: "0101" data
“S7”狀態:“1101”資料 "S7" status: "1101" data
“S8”狀態:“1100”資料 "S8" status: "1100" information
“S9”狀態:“1110”資料 "S9" status: "1110" information
“S10”狀態:“1010”資料 "S10" status: "1010" information
“S11”狀態:“1000”資料 "S11" status: "1000" data
“S12”狀態:“0000”資料 "S12" status: "0000" data
“S13”狀態:“0100”資料 "S13" status: "0100" data
“S14”狀態:“0110”資料 "S14" status: "0110" data
“S15”狀態:“0010”資料 "S15" status: "0010" data
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R8來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R4、 R9、R11及R14來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R2、R6、R10、R13及R15來確定。Top頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R3、R5、R7及R12來確定。因此,本例的資料的分配是1-4-5-5編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operation R8. The Middle page is read by the read action R4, R9, R11 and R14 to determine. The upper page is determined by the read operations R2, R6, R10, R13 and R15. The Top page is determined by the read operations R1, R3, R5, R7 and R12. Therefore, the distribution of the data in this example is 1-4-5-5 coding.
其次,利用圖60來說明有關第10例的編碼。圖60是表示對各狀態的資料的分配的表。 Next, the encoding of the tenth example will be described using FIG.60. Fig. 60 is a table showing allocation of data to each state.
如圖60所示般,在本例中,與第5實施形態同樣,對於各狀態,以在2個的鄰接的狀態(狀態)間,1位元的資料會成為變化的格雷編碼之方式,分配資料。 As shown in FIG. 60, in this example, similarly to the fifth embodiment, for each state, between two adjacent states (states), 1-bit data can be changed into a gray coding method, Assign data.
“S0”狀態:“1111”資料 "S0" status: "1111" data
“S1”狀態:“0111”資料 "S1" status: "0111" data
“S2”狀態:“0011”資料 "S2" status: "0011" data
“S3”狀態:“0001”資料 "S3" status: "0001" data
“S4”狀態:“0101”資料 "S4" status: "0101" data
“S5”狀態:“1101”資料 "S5" status: "1101" data
“S6”狀態:“1001”資料 "S6" status: "1001" data
“S7”狀態:“1011”資料 "S7" status: "1011" information
“S8”狀態:“1010”資料 "S8" status: "1010" information
“S9”狀態:“0010”資料 "S9" status: "0010" data
“S10”狀態:“0000”資料 "S10" status: "0000" data
“S11”狀態:“1000”資料 "S11" status: "1000" data
“S12”狀態:“1100”資料 "S12" status: "1100" data
“S13”狀態:“1110”資料 "S13" status: "1110" information
“S14”狀態:“0110”資料 "S14" status: "0110" data
“S15”狀態:“0100”資料 "S15" status: "0100" data
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R8來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R3、R7、R10、R13及R15來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R2、R4、R6及R12來確定。Top頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R5、R9、R11及R14來確定。因此,本例的資料的分配是1-5-4-5編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operation R8. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R3, R7, R10, R13 and R15. The upper page is determined by the read operations R2, R4, R6 and R12. The Top page is determined by the read operations R1, R5, R9, R11 and R14. Therefore, the distribution of the data in this example is 1-5-4-5 coding.
其次,利用圖61來說明有關第11例的編碼。圖61是表示對各狀態的資料的分配的表。 Next, encoding in the eleventh example will be described using FIG.61. Fig. 61 is a table showing allocation of data to each status.
如圖61所示般,在本例中,與第5實施形態同樣,對於各狀態,以在2個的鄰接的狀態(狀態)間,1位元的資料會成為變化的格雷編碼之方式,分配資料。 As shown in FIG. 61, in this example, similarly to the fifth embodiment, for each state, between two adjacent states (states), 1-bit data can be changed into a gray coding method, Assign data.
“S0”狀態:“1111”資料 "S0" status: "1111" data
“S1”狀態:“0111”資料 "S1" status: "0111" data
“S2”狀態:“0011”資料 "S2" status: "0011" data
“S3”狀態:“1011”資料 "S3" status: "1011" data
“S4”狀態:“1001”資料 "S4" status: "1001" data
“S5”狀態:“1101”資料 "S5" status: "1101" data
“S6”狀態:“0101”資料 "S6" status: "0101" data
“S7”狀態:“0001”資料 "S7" status: "0001" data
“S8”狀態:“0000”資料 "S8" status: "0000" data
“S9”狀態:“0100”資料 "S9" status: "0100" data
“S10”狀態:“0110”資料 "S10" status: "0110" data
“S11”狀態:“1110”資料 "S11" status: "1110" information
“S12”狀態:“1100”資料 "S12" status: "1100" data
“S13”狀態:“1000”資料 "S13" status: "1000" data
“S14”狀態:“1010”資料 "S14" status: "1010" information
“S15”狀態:“0010”資料 "S15" status: "0010" data
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R8來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R4、R10、R12及R14來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R2、R5、R7、R9及R13來確定。Top頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R3、R6、R11及R15來確定。因此,本例的資料的分配是1-4-5-5編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operation R8. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R4, R10, R12 and R14. The upper page is determined by the read operations R2, R5, R7, R9 and R13. The Top page is determined by the read operations R1, R3, R6, R11 and R15. Therefore, the distribution of the data in this example is 1-4-5-5 coding.
其次,利用圖62來說明有關第12例的編碼。圖62是表示對各狀態的資料的分配的表。 Next, encoding in the twelfth example will be described using FIG.62. Fig. 62 is a table showing allocation of data to each status.
如圖62所示般,在本例中,與第5實施形態同樣,對於各狀態,以在2個的鄰接的狀態(狀態)間,1位元的資料會成為變化的格雷編碼之方式,分配資料。 As shown in FIG. 62, in this example, similarly to the fifth embodiment, for each state, between two adjacent states (states), 1-bit data can be changed into a gray coding method, Assign data.
“S0”狀態:“1111”資料 "S0" status: "1111" information
“S1”狀態:“0111”資料 "S1" status: "0111" data
“S2”狀態:“0011”資料 "S2" status: "0011" data
“S3”狀態:“1011”資料 "S3" status: "1011" data
“S4”狀態:“1001”資料 "S4" status: "1001" data
“S5”狀態:“1101”資料 "S5" status: "1101" data
“S6”狀態:“0101”資料 "S6" status: "0101" data
“S7”狀態:“0001”資料 "S7" status: "0001" data
“S8”狀態:“0000”資料 "S8" status: "0000" data
“S9”狀態:“1000”資料 "S9" status: "1000" data
“S10”狀態:“1010”資料 "S10" status: "1010" information
“S11”狀態:“1110”資料 "S11" status: "1110" information
“S12”狀態:“1100”資料 "S12" status: "1100" information
“S13”狀態:“0100”資料 "S13" status: "0100" data
“S14”狀態:“0110”資料 "S14" status: "0110" data
“S15”狀態:“0010”資料 "S15" status: "0010" data
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R8來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R4、R10、R12及R14來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R2、R5、R7、R11及R15來確定。Top頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R3、R6、R9及R13來確定。因此,本例的資料的分配是1-4-5-5編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operation R8. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R4, R10, R12 and R14. The upper page is determined by the read operations R2, R5, R7, R11 and R15. The Top page is determined by the read operations R1, R3, R6, R9 and R13. Therefore, the distribution of the data in this example is 1-4-5-5 coding.
可將本實施形態的編碼適用於第5實施形態。 The coding of this embodiment can be applied to the fifth embodiment.
若為本實施形態的構成,則可取得與第1實 施形態同樣的效果。 According to the configuration of this embodiment, it is possible to obtain Shi form the same effect.
其次,說明有關第7實施形態。在第7實施形態中,針對與第5實施形態不同的QLC的讀出動作,說明2個的例子。以下,以和第5實施形態不同的點為中心進行說明。 Next, the seventh embodiment will be described. In the seventh embodiment, two examples of QLC readout operations different from those in the fifth embodiment will be described. Hereinafter, the description will focus on points different from the fifth embodiment.
首先,說明有關第1例的讀出動作。在第1例中,利用圖63~圖65來說明有關在邏輯第1~第3頁的讀出動作中,施加於選擇字元線WL的讀出電壓的順序與第5實施形態不同的情況。 First, the read operation of the first example will be described. In the first example, the case where the order of the read voltages applied to the selected word line WL in the read operation of the first to third pages of logic is different from that of the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 63 to 65. .
圖63是邏輯第1頁的讀出動作的命令順序。圖64是邏輯第2頁的讀出動作的命令順序。圖65是邏輯第3頁的讀出動作的命令順序。在圖63~圖65的例子中,為了將說明簡略化,訊號CEn、CLE、ALE、WEn及REn是被省略。並且,在圖63~圖65的例子中,指令的一部分及位址也被省略。而且,在圖63~圖65的例子中,一併顯示內部RBn訊號為忙碌狀態的情況的選擇字元線WL的電壓。 Fig. 63 shows the command sequence of the read operation of the first logical page. Fig. 64 shows the command sequence of the read operation of the second logical page. Fig. 65 shows the command sequence of the reading operation of the third logical page. In the examples shown in FIGS. 63 to 65 , the signals CEn, CLE, ALE, WEn, and REn are omitted to simplify the description. In addition, in the examples in FIGS. 63 to 65 , part of the commands and addresses are also omitted. Furthermore, in the examples of FIGS. 63 to 65 , the voltage of the selected word line WL when the internal RBn signal is in the busy state is also displayed.
首先,說明邏輯第1頁的讀出動作的命令順序。 First, the command sequence of the read operation of the first logical page will be described.
如圖63所示般,在對應於邏輯第1頁的Lower頁的讀出動作(讀出動作R8)及Middle頁的讀出動作(讀出動
作R3、R7、R11及R15)中,定序器123是依R15、R11、R8、R7及R3的順序實行讀出動作。亦即,對選擇字元線WL依序施加讀出電壓V15、V11、V8、V7及V3。定序器123是至讀出動作R3為止結束之後,將外部RBn訊號及內部RBn訊號設為“H”位準。因此,在Middle頁的讀出動作結束後,開始讀出的資料的輸出。
As shown in FIG. 63, the read operation (read operation R8) of the Lower page corresponding to the logical first page and the read operation (read operation R8) of the Middle page (read operation
R3, R7, R11, and R15), the
另外,定序器123是亦可依R3、R7、R8、R11及R15的順序實行讀出動作。亦即,亦可對選擇字元線WL依序施加讀出電壓V3、V7、V8、V11及V15。另外,定序器123是若實行讀出動作R8,則由於Lower頁的資料確定,因此亦可將外部RBn訊號設為“H”位準,輸出資料。
In addition, the
其次,說明邏輯第2頁的讀出動作的命令順序。
Next, the command sequence of the read operation of the
如圖64所示般,在對應於邏輯第2頁的Lower頁的讀出動作(讀出動作R8)及Upper頁的讀出動作(讀出動作R2、R4、R6、R9及R13)中,定序器123是依R13、R9、R8、R6、R4及R2的順序實行讀出動作。亦即,對選擇字元線WL依序施加讀出電壓V13、V9、V8、V6、V4及V2。定序器123是至讀出動作R2為止結束之後,將外部RBn訊號及內部RBn訊號設為“H”位準。因此,在Upper頁的讀出動作結束後,開始讀出的資料的輸出。
As shown in FIG. 64, in the read operation of the Lower page (read operation R8) and the read operation of the Upper page (read operations R2, R4, R6, R9, and R13) corresponding to the second logical page, The
另外,定序器123是亦可依R2、R4、R6、R8、R9及R13的順序實行讀出動作。亦即,對選擇字元線
WL依序施加讀出電壓V2、V4、V6、V8、V9及V13。另外,定序器123是若實行讀出動作R8,則由於Lower頁的資料確定,因此亦可將外部RBn訊號設為“H”位準,輸出資料。
In addition, the
其次,說明邏輯第3頁的讀出動作的命令順序。
Next, the command sequence of the read operation of the
如圖65所示般,在對應於邏輯第3頁的Lower頁的讀出動作(讀出動作R8)及Top頁的讀出動作(讀出動作R1、R5、R10、R12及R14)中,定序器123是依R14、R12、R10、R8、R5及R1的順序實行讀出動作。亦即,對選擇字元線WL依序施加讀出電壓V14、V12、V10、V8、V5及V1。定序器123是至讀出動作R1為止結束之後,將外部RBn訊號及內部RBn訊號設為“H”位準。因此,在Top頁的讀出動作結束後,開始讀出的資料的輸出。
As shown in FIG. 65, in the read operation of the Lower page (read operation R8) corresponding to the third logical page and the read operation of the Top page (read operations R1, R5, R10, R12, and R14), The
另外,定序器123是亦可依R1、R5、R8、R10、R12及R14的順序實行讀出動作。亦即,亦可對選擇字元線WL依序施加讀出電壓V1、V5、V8、V10、V12及V14。另外,定序器123是若實行讀出動作R8,則由於Lower頁的資料確定,因此亦可將外部RBn訊號設為“H”位準,輸出資料。
In addition, the
其次,說明有關第2例的讀出動作。在第2例中,利用圖66來說明有關在循序讀出動作中,Lower頁、 Middle頁、Upper頁及Top頁的資料一併被讀出的情況。在本例的循序讀出動作中,“S0”狀態~“S15”狀態會一併被讀出。圖66是循序讀出動作的命令順序。在圖66的例子中,為了將說明簡略化,訊號CEn、CLE、ALE、WEn及REn是省略。並且,在圖66的例子中,指令的一部分及位址也被省略。而且,在圖66的例子中,一併顯示內部RBn訊號為忙碌狀態的情況的選擇字元線WL的電壓。 Next, the read operation of the second example will be described. In the second example, FIG. 66 is used to explain about the Lower page, The case where the data of the Middle page, Upper page and Top page are read out at the same time. In the sequential read operation of this example, the "S0" state ~ "S15" state will be read together. Fig. 66 shows the command sequence of the sequential read operation. In the example of FIG. 66, the signals CEn, CLE, ALE, WEn, and REn are omitted for simplification of description. In addition, in the example of FIG. 66, part of the command and the address are also omitted. In addition, in the example of FIG. 66, the voltage of the selected word line WL when the internal RBn signal is in the busy state is also displayed.
如圖66所示般,定序器123是若接受指令“30h”,則回應此,開始讀出動作。首先,定序器123是將內部RBn訊號及外部RBn訊號設為表示忙碌狀態的“L”位準。其次,定序器123是實行循序讀出動作。更具體而言,定序器123是依序實行讀出動作R1~R15。此時,在選擇字元線WL是依序施加讀出電壓V1~V15。定序器123是若讀出動作R8結束,則決定Lower頁的資料,將外部RBn訊號設為“H”位準。Lower頁的資料是被儲存於鎖存電路ADL1~ADL3。鎖存電路ADL1的資料(邏輯第1頁的第1群集的資料)是被轉送至鎖存電路XDL1。記憶體控制器200是若接收“H”位準的外部RBn訊號,則將訊號REn(未圖示)發送至記憶體100。輸出入電路110是按照訊號REn,開始鎖存電路XDL1的資料(邏輯第1頁的第1群集的資料)的輸出。
As shown in FIG. 66, when the
定序器123是若在實行循序讀出動作的期間,鎖存電路XDL1的資料輸出結束,則至循序讀出結束為止,將外部RBn訊號一旦設為“L”位準。
The
定序器123是結束至讀出動作R13,則決定Upper頁的資料。Upper頁的資料是被儲存於鎖存電路CDL1~CDL3。又,定序器123是若結束至讀出動作R15,則決定Middle頁的資料。Middle頁的資料是被儲存於鎖存電路BDL1~BDL3。鎖存電路BDL2的資料(邏輯第1頁的第2群集的資料)是被轉送至鎖存電路XDL2。鎖存電路BDL3的資料(邏輯第1頁的第3群集的資料)是被轉送至鎖存電路XDL3。鎖存電路BDL1的資料(邏輯第1頁的第4群集的資料)是被轉送至鎖存電路XDL1。
After the
若循序讀出動作結束,則定序器123是將外部RBn訊號及內部RBn訊號設為“H”位準。
When the sequential read operation is completed, the
記憶體控制器200是若接收“H”位準的外部RBn訊號,則重開訊號REn(未圖示)的發送。輸出入電路110是按照訊號REn來依鎖存電路XDL2、XDL3及XDL1的順序輸出資料。若鎖存電路XDL1的資料(邏輯第1頁的第4群集的資料)的輸出結束,則邏輯第1頁的資料輸出結束。
If the
接著,開始邏輯第2頁的資料的輸出。鎖存電路ADL2的資料(邏輯第2頁的第1群集的資料)是被轉送至鎖存電路XDL2。鎖存電路CDL3的資料(邏輯第2頁的第2群集的資料)是被轉送至鎖存電路XDL3。鎖存電路CDL1的資料(邏輯第2頁的第3群集的資料)是被轉送至鎖存電路XDL1。然後,依鎖存電路XDL2、XDL3及XDL1的順序輸出資料。若鎖存電路XDL2的資料(邏輯第2頁的第1群集的資料)的輸出結束,則鎖存電路CDL2的資料(邏輯第2頁的
第4群集的資料)會被轉送至鎖存電路XDL2。若鎖存電路XDL1的資料(邏輯第2頁的第3群集的資料)的輸出結束,則鎖存電路XDL2的資料(邏輯第2頁的第4群集的資料)被輸出。若鎖存電路XDL2的資料的輸出結束,則邏輯第2頁的資料輸出結束。
Next, the output of the data on the second logical page is started. The data of the latch circuit ADL2 (the data of the first cluster of the logic page 2) is transferred to the latch circuit XDL2. The data of the latch circuit CDL3 (the data of the 2nd cluster of the logic page 2) is transferred to the latch circuit XDL3. The data of the latch circuit CDL1 (the data of the 3rd cluster on the logic page 2) is transferred to the latch circuit XDL1. Then, the data are output in the order of the latch circuits XDL2, XDL3 and XDL1. When the output of the data of the latch circuit XDL2 (the data of the first cluster on the second page of the logic) is completed, the data of the latch circuit CDL2 (the data of the first cluster on the second page of the logic)
The data of the 4th cluster) will be transferred to the latch circuit XDL2. When the output of the data of the latch circuit XDL1 (the data of the third cluster on the second logical page) is completed, the data of the latch circuit XDL2 (the data of the fourth cluster on the second logical page) is output. When the data output of the latch circuit XDL2 is completed, the data output of the
接著,開始邏輯第3頁的資料的輸出。鎖存電路ADL3的資料(邏輯第3頁的第1群集的資料)是被轉送至鎖存電路XDL3。感測電路SA1的資料(邏輯第3頁的第2群集的資料)是被轉送至鎖存電路XDL1。感測電路SA2的資料(邏輯第3頁的第3群集的資料)是被轉送至鎖存電路XDL2。然後,依鎖存電路XDL3、XDL1及XDL2的順序輸出資料。若鎖存電路XDL3的資料(邏輯第3頁的第1群集的資料)的輸出結束,則感測電路SA3的資料會被轉送至鎖存電路XDL3。若鎖存電路XDL2的資料(邏輯第3頁的第3群集的資料)的輸出結束,則鎖存電路XDL3的資料(邏輯第3頁的第4群集的資料)被輸出。若鎖存電路XDL3的資料的輸出結束,則邏輯第3頁的資料輸出結束。另外,在循序讀出動作中,亦可以“S15”狀態~“S0”狀態的順序來一併讀出。
Next, the output of the data on the third logical page is started. The data of the latch circuit ADL3 (the data of the 1st cluster on the logic page 3) is transferred to the latch circuit XDL3. The data of the sensing circuit SA1 (the data of the 2nd cluster of the logic page 3) is transferred to the latch circuit XDL1. The data of the sensing circuit SA2 (the data of the 3rd cluster of the logic page 3) is transferred to the latch circuit XDL2. Then, the data are output in the order of the latch circuits XDL3, XDL1 and XDL2. When the output of the data of the latch circuit XDL3 (the data of the first cluster of the logic page 3) is completed, the data of the sensing circuit SA3 will be transferred to the latch circuit XDL3. When the output of the data of the latch circuit XDL2 (the data of the third cluster on the third logic page) is completed, the data of the latch circuit XDL3 (the data of the fourth cluster on the third logic page) is output. When the data output of the latch circuit XDL3 is completed, the data output of the
若為本實施形態的構成,則可取得與第1實施形態同樣的效果。 According to the structure of this embodiment, the same effect as that of the first embodiment can be obtained.
其次,說明有關第8實施形態。在第8實施形態中,說明有關物理頁的邏輯頁資料的分配與第1實施形態不同的情況。以下,以和第1實施形態不同的點為中心進行說明。 Next, the eighth embodiment will be described. In the eighth embodiment, a case will be described in which allocation of logical page data related to physical pages is different from that in the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the description will focus on points different from the first embodiment.
利用圖67及圖68來說明邏輯頁位址與物理頁位址的變換動作的一例。圖67是說明邏輯頁位址與物理頁位址的變換動作的流程的圖。圖68是表示邏輯頁資料對於物理頁分配的圖。 An example of conversion operations between logical page addresses and physical page addresses will be described with reference to FIGS. 67 and 68 . Fig. 67 is a diagram illustrating the flow of conversion operations between logical page addresses and physical page addresses. Fig. 68 is a diagram showing allocation of logical page data to physical pages.
在本實施形態中,與第1實施形態同樣,說明有關將2頁的邏輯頁的資料分配成3頁的物理頁(亦即可記憶3頁資料的1個的記憶體群組MG)的情況。 In this embodiment, as in the first embodiment, the case where two logical pages of data are allocated to three physical pages (that is, one memory group MG capable of storing three pages of data) will be described. .
如圖67所示般,指令使用者介面電路121是若從記憶體控制器200接受2頁分的邏輯頁位址及邏輯頁的寫入命令,則將2頁分的邏輯頁位址變換成3頁分的物理頁位址。在本實施形態中,指令使用者介面電路121是將邏輯第1頁的邏輯頁位址變換成Lower頁的第1格區域、Middle頁的第1格區域、及Upper頁的第1格區域的物理頁位址。又,指令使用者介面電路121是將邏輯第2頁的邏輯頁位址變換成Lower頁的第2格區域、Middle頁的第2格區域、及Upper頁的第2格區域的物理頁位址。
As shown in FIG. 67 , the instruction
例如,定序器123是根據在指令使用者介面
電路121中被變換的物理頁位址,將邏輯第1頁的資料寫入至記憶體群組MG的Lower頁的第1格區域、Middle頁的第1格區域及Upper頁的第1格區域,將邏輯第2頁的資料寫入至Lower頁的第2格區域、Middle頁的第2格區域及Upper頁的第2格區域。
For example, the
其次,詳述有關1個的記憶體群組MG的邏輯頁資料的配置。 Next, the arrangement of the logical page data of one memory group MG will be described in detail.
如圖68所示般,例如,記憶體100是在Lower頁的第1格區域寫入邏輯第1頁的第1群集,在Middle頁的第1格區域寫入邏輯第1頁的第2群集,在Upper頁的第1格區域寫入邏輯第1頁的第3群集。又,記憶體100是在Lower頁的第2格區域寫入邏輯第2頁的第1群集,在Middle頁的第2格區域寫入邏輯第2頁的第2群集,在Upper頁的第2格區域寫入邏輯第2頁的第3群集。
As shown in FIG. 68, for example, the
若為本實施形態的構成,則可取得與第1實施形態同樣的效果。 According to the structure of this embodiment, the same effect as that of the first embodiment can be obtained.
其次,說明有關第9實施形態。在第9實施形態中,針對與第1實施形態不同的感測放大器132及頁緩衝器133的構成,說明3個的例子。以下,以和第1實施形態不同的點為中心進行說明。
Next, the ninth embodiment will be described. In the ninth embodiment, three examples of configurations of the
首先,利用圖69來說明有關第1例的感測放大器132及頁緩衝器133的構成。圖69是感測放大器132及頁緩衝器133的方塊圖。另外,在圖69的例子中,為了將說明簡略化,位元線BL是被省略。
First, the configuration of the
如圖69所示般,在本例中,第1格區域及對應於第1格區域的感測放大器單元SAU1、第2格區域及對應於第2格區域的感測放大器單元SAU2會被交替地配置。因此,在記憶體群組MG中,例如,被連接至第偶數條的位元線BL的記憶格電晶體MC會含在第1格區域,被連接至第奇數條的位元線BL的記憶格電晶體MC會含在第2格區域。鎖存電路XDL(XDL1及XDL2)是經由資料匯流排來連接至串列存取控制器126,被用在串列存取控制器126與感測放大器132之間的資料的收發。
As shown in FIG. 69, in this example, the first grid area and the sense amplifier unit SAU1 corresponding to the first grid area, the second grid area and the sense amplifier unit SAU2 corresponding to the second grid area are alternately ground configuration. Therefore, in the memory group MG, for example, the memory cell transistor MC connected to the even-numbered bit line BL will contain the memory connected to the odd-numbered bit line BL in the first cell area. Grid transistor MC will be included in the 2nd grid area. The latch circuits XDL ( XDL1 and XDL2 ) are connected to the
其次,利用圖70來說明有關第2例的感測放大器132及頁緩衝器133的構成。圖70是感測放大器132及頁緩衝器133的方塊圖。另外,在圖70的例子中,為了將說明簡略化,省略位元線BL。
Next, the configuration of the
如圖70所示般,在本例中,鎖存電路ADL(ADL1及ADL2)及鎖存電路XDL(XDL1及XDL2)會經由資料匯流排來連接至串列存取控制器126,被用在串列存
取控制器126與感測放大器132之間的資料的收發。
As shown in FIG. 70, in this example, the latch circuits ADL (ADL1 and ADL2) and the latch circuits XDL (XDL1 and XDL2) are connected to the
另外,鎖存電路BDL(BDL1及BDL2)及鎖存電路XDL(XDL1及XDL2)亦可經由資料匯流排來連接至串列存取控制器126。
In addition, the latch circuits BDL ( BDL1 and BDL2 ) and the latch circuits XDL ( XDL1 and XDL2 ) can also be connected to the
其次,利用圖71來說明有關第3例的感測放大器132及頁緩衝器133的構成。圖71是感測放大器132及頁緩衝器133的方塊圖。另外,在圖71的例子中,為了將說明簡略化,省略位元線BL。
Next, the configuration of the
如圖71所示般,在本例中,鎖存電路ADL(ADL1及ADL2)、鎖存電路BDL(BDL1及BDL2)及鎖存電路XDL(XDL1及XDL2)會經由資料匯流排來連接至串列存取控制器126,被用在串列存取控制器126與感測放大器132之間的資料的收發。
As shown in FIG. 71, in this example, the latch circuits ADL (ADL1 and ADL2), the latch circuits BDL (BDL1 and BDL2), and the latch circuits XDL (XDL1 and XDL2) are connected to the serial bus through the data bus. The
若為本實施形態的構成,則可取得與第1實施形態同樣的效果。 According to the structure of this embodiment, the same effect as that of the first embodiment can be obtained.
進一步,若為本實施形態的第1例的構成,則可交替地配置感測放大器單元SAU1與感測放大器單元SAU2。藉此,在感測放大器單元SAU1與感測放大器單元SAU2之間資料的移動成為可能。如此的物理性的分割(配置)是基於電路的應答速度的改善、電路間的配線的布局 容易化、鎖存電路間的運算的容易化等各種的理由進行。 Furthermore, according to the configuration of the first example of this embodiment, the sense amplifier unit SAU1 and the sense amplifier unit SAU2 can be alternately arranged. Thereby, data movement between the sense amplifier unit SAU1 and the sense amplifier unit SAU2 becomes possible. Such physical division (arrangement) is based on the improvement of the response speed of the circuit and the layout of the wiring between the circuits. It is performed for various reasons such as simplification and simplification of computation between latch circuits.
進一步,若為本實施形態的第2例及第3例的構成,則鎖存電路ADL及/或鎖存電路BDL會經由資料匯流排來連接至串列存取控制器126。因此,鎖存電路ADL及/或鎖存電路BDL是可不經由鎖存電路XDL,進行與串列存取控制器126的資料的收發。因此,可提升動作速度。進一步,可減低資料轉送的頻率,因此可減低消費電力。另外,QLC的情況,頁緩衝器133是除了鎖存電路ADL、BDL及XDL之外,亦可包含鎖存電路CDL。
Furthermore, in the configurations of the second and third examples of this embodiment, the latch circuit ADL and/or the latch circuit BDL are connected to the
另外,亦可組合本實施形態的第1例及第2例或第3例。 In addition, you may combine the 1st example and the 2nd example or the 3rd example of this embodiment.
其次,說明有關第10實施形態。在第10實施形態中,說明有關在第1格區域及第2格區域適用不同的編碼的情況。以下,以和第1實施形態不同的點為中心進行說明。 Next, the tenth embodiment will be described. In the tenth embodiment, a case where different codes are applied to the first frame area and the second frame area will be described. Hereinafter, the description will focus on points different from the first embodiment.
首先,利用圖72來說明有關邏輯頁位址與物理頁位址的變換動作的一例。圖72是表示邏輯頁資料對於物理頁的分配的圖。 First, an example of conversion operations between logical page addresses and physical page addresses will be described using FIG. 72 . Fig. 72 is a diagram showing allocation of logical page data to physical pages.
在本實施形態中,說明有關將2頁的邏輯頁的資料分配成3頁的物理頁(亦即可記憶3頁資料的1個的記 憶體群組MG)的情況。 In this embodiment, the description will be given on the allocation of two logical pages of data to three physical pages (that is, one record that can store three pages of data) memory group MG).
如圖72所示般,將邏輯第1頁及邏輯第2頁的資料分別3分割,從前頭資料設為第1群集~第3群集。例如,記憶體100是在Lower頁的第1格區域寫入邏輯第1頁的第1群集,在Lower頁的第2格區域寫入邏輯第1頁的第2群集,在Middle頁的第1格區域寫入邏輯第1頁的第3群集。又,記憶體100是在Middle頁的第2格區域寫入邏輯第2頁的第1群集,在Upper頁的第1格區域寫入邏輯第2頁的第2群集,在Upper頁的第2格區域寫入邏輯第2頁的第3群集。
As shown in FIG. 72, the data of the first logical page and the second logical page are divided into three, and the data from the top are set as the first cluster to the third cluster. For example,
其次,利用圖73來說明有關記憶格電晶體MC的編碼。圖73是表示對各狀態的資料的分配的表。 Next, the encoding of the memory cell transistor MC will be described using FIG. 73 . Fig. 73 is a table showing allocation of data to each status.
如圖73所示般,在本實施形態中,在第1格區域及第2格區域中適用不同的編碼。此情況,在邏輯頁的讀出動作中,以使邏輯頁的資料確定的境界的位置會在第1格區域及第2格區域形成相同的方式,選擇各個的編碼。 As shown in FIG. 73, in this embodiment, different codes are applied to the first frame area and the second frame area. In this case, in the read operation of the logical page, each code is selected so that the position of the boundary defined by the data of the logical page is the same in the first frame area and the second frame area.
更具體而言,邏輯第1頁的讀出動作的情況,在第1格區域中使Lower頁及Middle頁的資料確定的境界的位置與在第2格區域中使Lower頁的資料確定的境界的位置會成為相同。又,邏輯第2頁的讀出動作的情況,在第1格區域中使Upper頁的資料確定的境界的位置與在第2格區域中使Middle頁及Upper頁的資料的境界的位置會成 為相同。 More specifically, in the case of the read operation of the first logical page, the position of the boundary where the data of the Lower page and the Middle page are determined in the first grid area and the boundary where the data of the Lower page is determined in the second grid area The position will become the same. Also, in the case of the read operation of the second logical page, the position of the border defined by the data of the Upper page in the first grid area and the position of the border between the data of the Middle page and the Upper page in the second grid area will be the same. for the same.
例如,在第1格區域中,對於記憶格電晶體MC,如以下所示般,資料被分配成“Upper位元/Middle位元/Lower位元”。 For example, in the 1st cell area, data is allocated as "Upper bit/Middle bit/Lower bit" for the memory cell transistor MC as shown below.
“S0”狀態:“111”資料 "S0" status: "111" data
“S1”狀態:“011”資料 "S1" status: "011" data
“S2”狀態:“001”資料 "S2" status: "001" data
“S3”狀態:“101”資料 "S3" status: "101" data
“S4”狀態:“100”資料 "S4" status: "100" data
“S5”狀態:“000”資料 "S5" status: "000" data
“S6”狀態:“010”資料 "S6" status: "010" data
“S7”狀態:“110”資料 "S7" status: "110" data
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R4來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R2及R6來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R3、R5及R7來確定。因此,第1格區域的資料的分配是1-2-4編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operation R4. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R2 and R6. The upper page is determined by the read operations R1, R3, R5 and R7. Therefore, the allocation of data in the first frame area is 1-2-4 coding.
又,在第2格區域中,對於記憶格電晶體MC,如以下所示般,資料被分配成“Upper位元/Middle位元/Lower位元”。 Also, in the second cell area, data is assigned to "Upper bit/Middle bit/Lower bit" for the memory cell transistor MC as shown below.
“S0”狀態:“111”資料 "S0" status: "111" data
“S1”狀態:“101”資料 "S1" status: "101" data
“S2”狀態:“100”資料 "S2" status: "100" data
“S3”狀態:“000”資料 "S3" status: "000" data
“S4”狀態:“001”資料 "S4" status: "001" data
“S5”狀態:“011”資料 "S5" status: "011" data
“S6”狀態:“010”資料 "S6" status: "010" data
“S7”狀態:“110”資料 "S7" status: "110" information
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R2、R4及R6來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R1及R5來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R3及R7來確定。因此,第2格區域的資料的分配是3-2-2編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operations R2, R4 and R6. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R1 and R5. The upper page is determined by the read operations R3 and R7. Therefore, the allocation of data in the second grid area is 3-2-2 coding.
進行邏輯第1頁的讀出動作時,成為讀出動作的對象的是Lower頁的第1及第2格區域、以及Middle頁的第1格區域。在第1區域中,Lower頁的資料是藉由讀出動作R4來確定。Middle頁的資料是藉由讀出動作R2及R6來確定。又,在第2格區域中,Lower頁的資料是藉由讀出動作R2、R4及R6來確定。因此,邏輯第1頁的資料是在第1格區域及第2格區域皆藉由讀出動作R2、R4及R6來確定。另外,在邏輯第1頁的讀出動作中,亦可對選擇字元線WL依電壓V2、V4及V6的順序施加讀出電壓,或亦可依電壓V6、V4及V2的順序施加讀出電壓。又,若讀出動作R4結束,則由於邏輯第1頁的第1群集的資料確定,因此記憶體100是亦可將此資料轉送至鎖存電路XDL而輸出至外部。
When the read operation of the first logical page is performed, the targets of the read operation are the first and second grid areas of the Lower page and the first grid area of the Middle page. In the first area, the data of the lower page is determined by the read operation R4. The data of the Middle page is determined by the read operations R2 and R6. Also, in the second grid area, the data of the lower page is determined by the read operations R2, R4 and R6. Therefore, the data of the first logical page is determined by the readout operations R2, R4 and R6 in both the first grid area and the second grid area. In addition, in the read operation of the first logical page, the read voltage may be applied to the selected word line WL in the order of voltages V2, V4, and V6, or the read voltage may be applied in the order of voltages V6, V4, and V2. Voltage. In addition, when the read operation R4 is completed, since the data of the first cluster of the first logical page is determined, the
進行邏輯第2頁的讀出動作時,成為讀出動作的對象的是Middle頁的第2格區域、Upper頁的第1及第2格區域。在第1格區域中,Upper頁的資料是藉由讀出動作R1、R3、R5及R7來確定。在第2格區域中,Middle頁的資
料是藉由讀出動作R1及R5來確定。Upper頁的資料是藉由讀出動作R3及R7來確定。因此,邏輯第2頁的資料是在第1格區域及第2格區域皆藉由讀出動作R1、R3、R5及R7來確定。另外,在邏輯第2頁的讀出動作中,亦可對選擇字元線WL依電壓V1、V3、V5及V7的順序施加讀出電壓,亦可依電壓V7、V5、V3及V1的順序施加讀出電壓。例如,對選擇字元線WL依電壓V1、V3、V5及V7的順序施加讀出電壓時,若讀出動作R1及R5結束,則由於邏輯第2頁的第1群集的資料確定,因此記憶體100是亦可將此資料轉送至鎖存電路XDL而輸出至外部。例如,對選擇字元線WL依電壓V7、V5、V3及V1的順序施加讀出電壓時,若讀出動作R7及R2結束,則由於邏輯第2頁的第3群集的資料確定,因此記憶體100是亦可將此資料轉送至鎖存電路XDL而輸出至外部。此情況,例如,在記憶體100中,亦可更換利用圖72來說明的邏輯第2頁的第1群集的分配及邏輯第2頁的第3群集的分配。藉由更換分配,記憶體100是可將邏輯第2頁的第1群集的資料予以比更換分配之前更早輸出至外部。
When the read operation of the second logical page is performed, the targets of the read operation are the second grid area of the Middle page and the first and second grid areas of the Upper page. In the first grid area, the data of the Upper page is determined by the read operations R1, R3, R5 and R7. In the second grid area, the resources of the Middle page
The material is determined by read operations R1 and R5. The data of the Upper page is determined by the read actions R3 and R7. Therefore, the data of the second logical page is determined by the readout operations R1, R3, R5 and R7 in both the first grid area and the second grid area. In addition, in the read operation of the second logical page, read voltages may be applied to the selected word line WL in the order of voltages V1, V3, V5, and V7, or in the order of voltages V7, V5, V3, and V1. Apply the read voltage. For example, when the read voltage is applied to the selected word line WL in the order of voltages V1, V3, V5, and V7, if the read operations R1 and R5 are completed, the data of the first cluster of the second logical page is determined, so the memory The
若為本實施形態的構成,則可取得與第1實施形態同樣的效果。 According to the structure of this embodiment, the same effect as that of the first embodiment can be obtained.
進一步,若為本實施形態的構成,則可在每個格區域適用不同的編碼。進一步,在邏輯頁的讀出動作 中,可選擇編碼,在各格區域中,使邏輯頁的資料確定的境界的位置會形成相同。藉此,在邏輯頁的讀出動作中,讀出複數的物理頁的資料時,可將境界數形成最小。因此,可抑制讀出動作的次數的增加,所以可提升處理能力。例如,本實施形態的情況,邏輯第1頁是可用3次的讀出動作來確定資料,邏輯第2頁是可用4次的讀出動作來確認資料。 Furthermore, with the configuration of this embodiment, different codes can be applied to each grid area. Further, the read action of the logical page In this, the code can be selected so that the position of the boundary defined by the data of the logical page is made the same in each grid area. This makes it possible to minimize the number of boundaries when reading data of a plurality of physical pages in a logical page read operation. Therefore, an increase in the number of reading operations can be suppressed, so that the throughput can be improved. For example, in the case of this embodiment, data can be identified by three read operations for the first logical page, and data can be confirmed by four read operations for the second logical page.
其次,說明有關第11實施形態。在第11實施形態中,針對將1頁分的邏輯頁的資料分配成複數的物理頁的情況,說明3個的例子。以下,以和第1~第10實施形態不同的點為中心進行說明。 Next, the eleventh embodiment will be described. In the eleventh embodiment, three examples will be described for the case where the data of one logical page is allocated to a plurality of physical pages. Hereinafter, the description will focus on points different from those of the first to tenth embodiments.
首先,利用圖74來說明有關第1例的邏輯頁位址與物理頁位址的變換動作。圖74是表示邏輯頁資料對於物理頁的分配的圖。 First, the conversion operation between the logical page address and the physical page address in the first example will be described using FIG. 74 . Fig. 74 is a diagram showing allocation of logical page data to physical pages.
在本例中,說明有關將1頁的邏輯頁的資料分配成3頁的物理頁(亦即可記憶3頁資料的1個的記憶體群組MG)的情況。 In this example, the case of allocating one logical page of data to three physical pages (that is, one memory group MG capable of storing three pages of data) will be described.
如圖74所示般,將邏輯第1頁的資料分別3分割,從前頭資料設為第1群集~第3群集。例如,記憶體100是在Lower頁寫入邏輯第1頁的第1群集,在Middle頁寫
入邏輯第1頁的第2群集,在Upper頁寫入邏輯第1頁的第3群集。
As shown in FIG. 74 , the data on the first logical page are divided into three, and the first data is set as the first cluster to the third cluster. For example,
其次,說明有關第2例的邏輯頁位址與物理頁位址的變換動作。 Next, the conversion operation between the logical page address and the physical page address in the second example will be described.
在本例中,說明有關將1頁的邏輯頁的資料分配成4頁的物理頁(亦即可記憶4頁資料的1個的記憶體群組MG)的情況。 In this example, the case where the data of one logical page is allocated to four physical pages (that is, one memory group MG capable of storing four pages of data) will be described.
首先,利用圖75來說明有關本例的記憶格電晶體MC的取得的臨界值電壓分佈的一例。圖75是表示記憶格電晶體MC的臨界值電壓分佈與資料的分配的關係的圖。 First, an example of the obtained threshold voltage distribution of the memory cell transistor MC of this example will be described using FIG. 75 . FIG. 75 is a diagram showing the relationship between the threshold voltage distribution of memory cell transistor MC and the distribution of data.
如圖75所示般,在本例中,對於含在各臨界值電壓分佈的記憶格電晶體MC,如以下般,資料被分配成“Top位元/Upper位元/Middle位元/Lower位元”。對於各狀態,以在2個的鄰接的狀態(狀態)間,1位元的資料會成為變化的格雷編碼之方式,分配資料。 As shown in Figure 75, in this example, for the memory cell transistor MC contained in each threshold voltage distribution, as follows, the data is distributed into "Top bit/Upper bit/Middle bit/Lower bit Yuan". For each state, data is allocated in such a manner that 1-bit data is changed between two adjacent states (states) in Gray code.
“S0”狀態:“1111”資料 "S0" status: "1111" data
“S1”狀態:“0111”資料 "S1" status: "0111" data
“S2”狀態:“0101”資料 "S2" status: "0101" data
“S3”狀態:“1101”資料 "S3" status: "1101" data
“S4”狀態:“1100”資料 "S4" status: "1100" data
“S5”狀態:“1000”資料 "S5" status: "1000" data
“S6”狀態:“1001”資料 "S6" status: "1001" data
“S7”狀態:“1011”資料 "S7" status: "1011" information
“S8”狀態:“0011”資料 "S8" status: "0011" data
“S9”狀態:“0001”資料 "S9" status: "0001" data
“S10”狀態:“0000”資料 "S10" status: "0000" data
“S11”狀態:“0100”資料 "S11" status: "0100" data
“S12”狀態:“0110”資料 "S12" status: "0110" data
“S13”狀態:“0010”資料 "S13" status: "0010" data
“S14”狀態:“1010”資料 "S14" status: "1010" information
“S15”狀態:“1110”資料 "S15" status: "1110" information
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R4、R6及R10來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R2、R7、R9及R12來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R5、R11、R13及R15來確定。Top頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R3、R8及R14來確定。因此,本例的資料的分配是3-4-4-4編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operations R4, R6 and R10. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R2, R7, R9 and R12. The upper page is determined by the read operations R5, R11, R13 and R15. The Top page is determined by the read operations R1, R3, R8 and R14. Therefore, the distribution of the data in this example is 3-4-4-4 coding.
另外,對“S0”~“S15”狀態的資料的分配是不被限定於3-4-4-4編碼。例如,亦可適用在第5及第6實施形態說明的任一個的編碼。 In addition, the distribution of data in the states "S0"~"S15" is not limited to 3-4-4-4 coding. For example, any of the encodings described in the fifth and sixth embodiments can also be applied.
其次,利用圖76來說明有關邏輯頁位址與物理頁位址的變換動作。圖76是表示邏輯頁資料對於物理頁的分配的圖。 Next, the conversion operation between the logical page address and the physical page address will be described using FIG. 76 . Fig. 76 is a diagram showing allocation of logical page data to physical pages.
如圖76所示般,將邏輯第1頁的資料分別4分割,從前頭資料設為第1群集~第4群集。例如,記憶體
100是在Lower頁寫入邏輯第1頁的第1群集,在Middle頁寫入邏輯第1頁的第2群集,在Upper頁寫入邏輯第1頁的第3群集,在Top頁寫入邏輯第1頁的第4群集。
As shown in FIG. 76 , the data on the first logical page are divided into four, and the first data is set as the first cluster to the fourth cluster. For example,
其次,說明有關第3例的邏輯頁位址與物理頁位址的變換動作。 Next, the conversion operation between the logical page address and the physical page address in the third example will be described.
在本例中,說明有關將2頁的邏輯頁的資料分配成4頁的物理頁(亦即可記憶4頁資料的1個的記憶體群組MG)的情況。 In this example, the case of allocating data of 2 logical pages to 4 physical pages (that is, one memory group MG capable of storing 4 pages of data) will be described.
首先,利用圖77說明有關本例的記憶格電晶體MC的取得的臨界值電壓分佈的一例。圖77是表示記憶格電晶體MC的臨界值電壓分佈與資料的分配的關係的圖。 First, an example of the obtained threshold voltage distribution of the memory cell transistor MC of this example will be described with reference to FIG. 77 . FIG. 77 is a diagram showing the relationship between the threshold voltage distribution of memory cell transistor MC and the allocation of data.
如圖77所示般,在本例中,對於含在各臨界值電壓分佈的記憶格電晶體MC,如以下般,資料被分配成“Top位元/Upper位元/Middle位元/Lower位元”。對於各狀態,以在2個的鄰接的狀態(狀態)間,1位元的資料會成為變化的格雷編碼之方式,分配資料。 As shown in Figure 77, in this example, for the memory cell transistor MC contained in each threshold voltage distribution, as follows, the data is distributed into "Top bit/Upper bit/Middle bit/Lower bit Yuan". For each state, data is allocated in such a manner that 1-bit data is changed between two adjacent states (states) in Gray code.
“S0”狀態:“1111”資料 "S0" status: "1111" information
“S1”狀態:“0111”資料 "S1" status: "0111" data
“S2”狀態:“0011”資料 "S2" status: "0011" data
“S3”狀態:“1011”資料 "S3" status: "1011" data
“S4”狀態:“1001”資料 "S4" status: "1001" data
“S5”狀態:“1101”資料 "S5" status: "1101" data
“S6”狀態:“1100”資料 "S6" status: "1100" information
“S7”狀態:“0100”資料 "S7" status: "0100" data
“S8”狀態:“0101”資料 "S8" status: "0101" data
“S9”狀態:“0001”資料 "S9" status: "0001" data
“S10”狀態:“0000”資料 "S10" status: "0000" data
“S11”狀態:“1000”資料 "S11" status: "1000" data
“S12”狀態:“1010”資料 "S12" status: "1010" information
“S13”狀態:“1110”資料 "S13" status: "1110" information
“S14”狀態:“0110”資料 "S14" status: "0110" data
“S15”狀態:“0010”資料 "S15" status: "0010" data
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R6、R8及R10來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R4及R12來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R2、R5、R9、R13及R15來確定。Top頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R3、R7、R11及R14來確定。因此,本例的資料的分配是3-2-5-5編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operations R6, R8, and R10. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R4 and R12. The upper page is determined by the read operations R2, R5, R9, R13 and R15. The Top page is determined by the read operations R1, R3, R7, R11 and R14. Therefore, the distribution of the data in this example is 3-2-5-5 coding.
另外,對“S0”~“S15”狀態的資料的分配是不被限定於3-2-5-5編碼。例如,亦可適用在第5及第6實施形態說明的任一個的編碼。或,亦可適用在第11實施形態的第2例說明的3-4-4-4編碼。 In addition, the distribution of data in the states "S0"~"S15" is not limited to 3-2-5-5 encoding. For example, any of the encodings described in the fifth and sixth embodiments can also be applied. Alternatively, the 3-4-4-4 encoding described in the second example of the eleventh embodiment can also be applied.
其次,利用圖78來說明有關邏輯頁位址與物理頁位址的變換動作。圖78是表示邏輯頁資料對於物理頁的分配的圖。 Next, the conversion operation between the logical page address and the physical page address will be described using FIG. 78 . Fig. 78 is a diagram showing allocation of logical page data to physical pages.
如圖78所示般,將邏輯第1及第2頁的資料分別2分割,從前頭資料設為第1群集及第2群集。例如,記憶體100是在Lower頁寫入邏輯第1頁的第1群集,在Middle頁寫入邏輯第1頁的第2群集,在Upper頁寫入邏輯第2頁的第1群集,在Top頁寫入邏輯第2頁的第2群集。
As shown in FIG. 78, the data on the logical first and second pages are divided into two, and the first data is set as the first cluster and the second cluster. For example,
若為本實施形態的構成,則可取得與第1實施形態同樣的效果。 According to the structure of this embodiment, the same effect as that of the first embodiment can be obtained.
其次,說明有關第12實施形態。在第12實施形態中,說明有關將不同的編碼適用於第1~第3格區域的情況。以下,以和第1~第11實施形態不同的點為中心進行說明。 Next, the twelfth embodiment will be described. In the twelfth embodiment, a case where different codes are applied to the first to third frame regions will be described. Hereinafter, the description will focus on points different from those of the first to eleventh embodiments.
首先,利用圖79來說明有關邏輯頁位址與物理頁位址的變換動作的一例。圖79是邏輯頁資料對於物理頁的分配的圖。 First, an example of conversion operations between logical page addresses and physical page addresses will be described using FIG. 79 . Fig. 79 is a diagram showing allocation of logical page data to physical pages.
在本實施形態中,說明有關將3頁的邏輯頁的資料分配成4頁的物理頁(亦即可記憶4頁資料的1個的記憶體群組MG)的情況。 In this embodiment, a case will be described in which three logical pages of data are allocated to four physical pages (that is, one memory group MG capable of storing four pages of data).
如圖79所示般,將邏輯第1~第3頁的資料分
別4分割,從前頭資料設為第1群集~第4群集。例如,記憶體100是在Lower頁的第1格區域寫入邏輯第1頁的第1群集,在Lower頁的第2格區域寫入邏輯第1頁的第2群集,在Lower頁的第3格區域寫入邏輯第1頁的第3群集。記憶體100是在Middle頁的第1格區域寫入邏輯第1頁的第4群集,在Middle頁的第2格區域寫入邏輯第2頁的第1群集,在Middle頁的第3格區域寫入邏輯第2頁的第2群集。記憶體100是在Upper頁的第1格區域寫入邏輯第2頁的第3群集,在Upper頁的第2格區域寫入邏輯第2頁的第4群集,在Upper頁的第3格區域寫入邏輯第3頁的第1群集。記憶體100是在Top頁的第1格區域寫入邏輯第3頁的第2群集,在Top頁的第2格區域寫入邏輯第3頁的第3群集,在Top頁的第3格區域寫入邏輯第3頁的第4群集。
As shown in Figure 79, divide the data on
其次,利用圖80來說明有關記憶格電晶體MC的編碼。圖80是表示對各狀態的資料的分配的表。 Next, the encoding of the memory cell transistor MC will be described using FIG. 80 . Fig. 80 is a table showing allocation of data to each status.
如圖80所示般,在本實施形態中,在第1~第3格區域中適用不同的編碼。此情況,在邏輯頁的讀出動作中,以使邏輯頁的資料確定的境界的位置會在第1格區域、第2格區域及第3格區域形成不同的方式,選擇各個的編碼。 As shown in FIG. 80, in this embodiment, different codes are applied to the first to third grid areas. In this case, in the read operation of the logical page, the respective codes are selected so that the position of the border defined by the data of the logical page is different in the first frame area, the second frame area, and the third frame area.
更具體而言,邏輯第1頁的讀出動作的情況,在第1格區域中使Lower頁及Middle頁的資料確定的境 界的位置、在第2格區域中使Lower頁的資料確定的境界的位置、和在第3格區域中使Lower頁的資料確定的境界的位置會成為相同。又,邏輯第2頁的讀出動作的情況,在第1格區域中使Upper頁的資料確定的境界的位置、在第2格區域中使Middle頁及Upper頁的資料確定的境界的位置、和在第3格區域中使Middle頁的資料確定的境界的位置會成為相同。進一步,邏輯第3頁的讀出動作的情況,在第1格區域中使Top頁的資料確定的境界的位置、在第2格區域中使Top頁的資料確定的境界的位置、和在第3格區域中使Upper頁及Top頁的資料確定的境界的位置會成為相同。 More specifically, in the case of the read operation of the first logical page, the data of the Lower page and the Middle page are determined in the first cell area. The position of the border, the position of the border defined by the data on the Lower page in the second frame area, and the position of the border defined by the data on the Lower page in the third frame area will be the same. In addition, in the case of the read operation of the logical second page, the position of the boundary where the data of the Upper page is specified in the first grid area, the position of the boundary where the data of the Middle page and the Upper page are specified in the second grid area, It will be the same as the position of the border determined by the data on the Middle page in the third frame area. Furthermore, in the case of the read operation of the third logical page, the position of the boundary where the data of the Top page is determined in the first grid area, the position of the boundary where the data of the Top page is determined in the second grid area, and the position of the border defined by the data of the Top page in the second grid area In the 3-frame area, the position of the border defined by the data of the Upper page and the Top page will be the same.
例如,在第1格區域中,對於記憶格電晶體MC,如以下般,資料被分配成“Top位元/Upper位元/Middle位元/Lower位元”。 For example, in the first cell area, the data is allocated as "Top bit/Upper bit/Middle bit/Lower bit" for the memory cell transistor MC as follows.
“S0”狀態:“1111”資料 "S0" status: "1111" data
“S1”狀態:“1101”資料 "S1" status: "1101" data
“S2”狀態:“0101”資料 "S2" status: "0101" data
“S3”狀態:“0100”資料 "S3" status: "0100" data
“S4”狀態:“0000”資料 "S4" status: "0000" data
“S5”狀態:“1000”資料 "S5" status: "1000" data
“S6”狀態:“1100”資料 "S6" status: "1100" data
“S7”狀態:“1110”資料 "S7" status: "1110" information
“S8”狀態:“1010”資料 "S8" status: "1010" information
“S9”狀態:“0010”資料 "S9" status: "0010" data
“S10”狀態:“0110”資料 "S10" status: "0110" data
“S11”狀態:“0111”資料 "S11" status: "0111" data
“S12”狀態:“0011”資料 "S12" status: "0011" data
“S13”狀態:“1011”資料 "S13" status: "1011" information
“S14”狀態:“1001”資料 "S14" status: "1001" data
“S15”狀態:“0001”資料 "S15" status: "0001" data
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R3及R11來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R7及R14來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R4、R6、R8、R10及R12來確定。Top頁是藉由讀出動作R2、R5、R9、R13及R15來確定。因此,第1格區域的資料的分配是2-3-5-5編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operations R3 and R11. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R1, R7 and R14. The upper page is determined by the read operations R4, R6, R8, R10 and R12. The Top page is determined by the read operations R2, R5, R9, R13 and R15. Therefore, the allocation of the data in the first grid area is 2-3-5-5 coding.
在第2格區域中,對於記憶格電晶體MC,如以下所示般,資料被分配成“Top位元/Upper位元/Middle位元/Lower位元”。 In the second grid area, for the memory grid transistor MC, as shown below, the data is allocated as "Top bit/Upper bit/Middle bit/Lower bit".
“S0”狀態:“1111”資料 "S0" status: "1111" data
“S1”狀態:“1110”資料 "S1" status: "1110" data
“S2”狀態:“0110”資料 "S2" status: "0110" data
“S3”狀態:“0111”資料 "S3" status: "0111" data
“S4”狀態:“0011”資料 "S4" status: "0011" data
“S5”狀態:“1011”資料 "S5" status: "1011" information
“S6”狀態:“1001”資料 "S6" status: "1001" data
“S7”狀態:“1000”資料 "S7" status: "1000" data
“S8”狀態:“1010”資料 "S8" status: "1010" information
“S9”狀態:“0010”資料 "S9" status: "0010" data
“S10”狀態:“0000”資料 "S10" status: "0000" data
“S11”狀態:“0001”資料 "S11" status: "0001" data
“S12”狀態:“0101”資料 "S12" status: "0101" data
“S13”狀態:“1101”資料 "S13" status: "1101" information
“S14”狀態:“1100”資料 "S14" status: "1100" information
“S15”狀態:“0100”資料 "S15" status: "0100" data
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R3、R7、R11及R14來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R6、R8及R10來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R4及R12來確定。Top頁是藉由讀出動作R2、R5、R9、R13及R15來確定。因此,第2格區域的資料的分配是5-3-2-5編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operations R1, R3, R7, R11 and R14. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R6, R8 and R10. The upper page is determined by the read operations R4 and R12. The Top page is determined by the read operations R2, R5, R9, R13 and R15. Therefore, the allocation of data in the second grid area is 5-3-2-5 coding.
在第3格區域中,對於記憶格電晶體MC,如以下所示般,資料被分配成“Top位元/Upper位元/Middle位元/Lower位元”。 In the third grid area, for the memory grid transistor MC, as shown below, the data is allocated into "Top bit/Upper bit/Middle bit/Lower bit".
“S0”狀態:“1111”資料 "S0" status: "1111" data
“S1”狀態:“1110”資料 "S1" status: "1110" data
“S2”狀態:“0110”資料 "S2" status: "0110" data
“S3”狀態:“0111”資料 "S3" status: "0111" data
“S4”狀態:“0101”資料 "S4" status: "0101" data
“S5”狀態:“0001”資料 "S5" status: "0001" data
“S6”狀態:“0011”資料 "S6" status: "0011" data
“S7”狀態:“0010”資料 "S7" status: "0010" data
“S8”狀態:“0000”資料 "S8" status: "0000" data
“S9”狀態:“1000”資料 "S9" status: "1000" data
“S10”狀態:“1010”資料 "S10" status: "1010" information
“S11”狀態:“1011”資料 "S11" status: "1011" information
“S12”狀態:“1001”資料 "S12" status: "1001" data
“S13”狀態:“1101”資料 "S13" status: "1101" data
“S14”狀態:“1100”資料 "S14" status: "1100" information
“S15”狀態:“0100”資料 "S15" status: "0100" data
讀出如此被分配的資料的情況,Lower頁是藉由讀出動作R1、R3、R7、R11及R14來確定。Middle頁是藉由讀出動作R4、R6、R8、R10及R12來確定。Upper頁是藉由讀出動作R5及R13來確定。Top頁是藉由讀出動作R2、R9及R15來確定。因此,第3格區域的資料的分配是5-5-2-3編碼。 In the case of reading the data allocated in this way, the lower page is determined by the read operations R1, R3, R7, R11 and R14. The Middle page is determined by the read operations R4, R6, R8, R10 and R12. The upper page is determined by the read operations R5 and R13. The Top page is determined by the read operations R2, R9 and R15. Therefore, the allocation of the data in the third grid area is 5-5-2-3 coding.
進行邏輯第1頁的讀出動作時,成為讀出動作的對象的是Lower頁的第1~第3格區域、以及Middle頁的第1格區域。在第1區域中,Lower頁的資料是藉由讀出動作R3及R11來確定。Middle頁的資料是藉由讀出動作R1、R7及R14來確定。在第2格區域中,Lower頁的資料是藉由R1、R3、R7、R11及R14來確定。在第3格區域中,Lower頁的資料是藉由R1、R3、R7、R11及R14來確定。因此,邏輯第1頁的資料是在第1格區域、第2格區域及第3格區域皆藉由讀出動作R1、R3、R7、R11及R14來確定。另外,在邏輯第1頁的讀出動作中,被施加於選擇字元線WL的讀出電壓的順序是亦可為電壓V1、V3、V7、V11及
V14的順序,或亦可為電壓V14、V11、V7、V3及V1的順序。又,若讀出動作R11及R3結束,則由於邏輯第1頁的第1群集的資料確定,因此記憶體100是亦可將此資料轉送至鎖存電路XDL而輸出至外部。
When the read operation of the first logical page is performed, the targets of the read operation are the first to third grid areas of the Lower page and the first grid area of the Middle page. In the first area, the data of the lower page is determined by the read operations R3 and R11. The data of the Middle page is determined by the read operations R1, R7 and R14. In the second grid area, the data of the Lower page is determined by R1, R3, R7, R11 and R14. In the third grid area, the data of the Lower page is determined by R1, R3, R7, R11 and R14. Therefore, the data of the first logical page is determined by the readout operations R1 , R3 , R7 , R11 and R14 in the first grid area, the second grid area and the third grid area. In addition, in the read operation of the first logical page, the order of the read voltages applied to the selected word line WL may be voltages V1, V3, V7, V11, and
The sequence of V14, or the sequence of voltages V14, V11, V7, V3 and V1. In addition, when the read operations R11 and R3 are completed, since the data of the first cluster of the
進行邏輯第2頁的讀出動作時,成為讀出動作的對象的是Middle頁的第2及第3格區域、以及Upper頁的第1及第2格區域。在第1格區域中,Upper頁的資料是藉由讀出動作R4、R6、R8、R10及R12來確定。在第2格區域中,Middle頁的資料是藉由讀出動作R6、R8及R10來確定。Upper頁的資料是藉由讀出動作R4及R12來確定。在第3格區域中,Middle頁的資料是藉由讀出動作R4、R6、R8、R10及R12來確定。因此,邏輯第2頁的資料是在第1格區域、第2格區域及第3格區域皆藉由讀出動作R4、R6、R8、R10及R12來確定。另外,在邏輯第2頁的讀出動作中,被施加於選擇字元線WL的讀出電壓的順序是亦可為電壓V4、V6、V8、V10及V12的順序,或亦可為電壓V12、V10、V8、V6及V4的順序。又,若讀出動作R6、R8及R10結束,則由於邏輯第2頁的第1群集的資料確定,因此記憶體100是亦可將此資料轉送至鎖存電路XDL而輸出至外部。又,若讀出動作R4及R12結束,則由於邏輯第2頁的第4群集的資料確定,因此記憶體100是亦可將此資料轉送至鎖存電路XDL而輸出至外部。此情況,例如,在記憶體100中,亦可更換利用圖79來說明的邏輯第2頁的第1群集的分配及邏輯第2頁的第4群集的分配。藉由更換分
配,記憶體100是可將邏輯第2頁的第1群集的資料予以比更換分配之前更早輸出至外部。
When the read operation of the second logical page is performed, the targets of the read operation are the second and third grid areas of the Middle page and the first and second grid areas of the Upper page. In the first cell area, the data of the Upper page is determined by the read operations R4, R6, R8, R10 and R12. In the second cell area, the data of the Middle page is determined by the read operations R6, R8 and R10. The data of the Upper page is determined by the read actions R4 and R12. In the third grid area, the data of the Middle page is determined by the read operations R4, R6, R8, R10 and R12. Therefore, the data of the second logical page is determined by the readout operations R4, R6, R8, R10 and R12 in the first grid area, the second grid area and the third grid area. In addition, in the read operation of the second logical page, the order of the read voltages applied to the selected word line WL may be the order of the voltages V4, V6, V8, V10, and V12, or the order of the voltage V12. , V10, V8, V6 and V4 in sequence. In addition, when the read operations R6, R8, and R10 are completed, since the data of the first cluster of the second logical page is determined, the
進行邏輯第3頁的讀出動作時,成為讀出動作的對象的是Upper頁的第3格區域、及Top頁的第1~第3格區域。在第1格區域中,Top頁的資料是藉由讀出動作R2、R5、R9、R13及R15來確定。在第2格區域中,Top頁的資料是藉由讀出動作R2、R5、R9、R13及R15來確定。在第3格區域中,Upper頁的資料是藉由讀出動作R5及R13來確定。Top頁的資料是藉由讀出動作R2、R9及R15來確定。因此,邏輯第3頁的資料是在第1格區域、第2格區域及第3格區域皆藉由讀出動作R2、R5、R9、R13及R15。又,在邏輯第3頁的讀出動作中,被施加於選擇字元線WL的讀出電壓的順序是亦可為電壓V2、V5、V9、V13及V15的順序,或亦可為電壓V15、V13、V9、V5及V2的順序。若讀出動作R13及R5結束,則由於邏輯第3頁的第1群集的資料確定,因此記憶體100是亦可將此資料轉送至鎖存電路XDL而輸出至外部。
When the read operation of the third logical page is performed, the targets of the read operation are the third grid area of the Upper page and the first to third grid areas of the Top page. In the first grid area, the data of the Top page is determined by the read operations R2, R5, R9, R13 and R15. In the second cell area, the data of the Top page is determined by the read operations R2, R5, R9, R13 and R15. In the third grid area, the data of the Upper page is determined by the readout operations R5 and R13. The data of the Top page is determined by the read actions R2, R9 and R15. Therefore, the data on the third logical page is all through the read operations R2, R5, R9, R13 and R15 in the first grid area, the second grid area and the third grid area. In addition, in the read operation of the
若為本實施形態的構成,則可取得與第1及第10實施形態同樣的效果。例如,本實施形態的情況,邏輯第1頁是可用5次的讀出動作確定資料,邏輯第2頁是可用5次的讀出動作確定資料,邏輯第3頁是可用5次的讀出動作確定資料。
According to the configuration of this embodiment, the same effects as those of the first and tenth embodiments can be obtained. For example, in the case of this embodiment, the
其次,說明有關第13實施形態。在第13實施形態中,說明有關利用2個的記憶格電晶體MC來記憶3位元的資料的情況。以下,以和第1~第12實施形態不同的點為中心進行說明。 Next, the thirteenth embodiment will be described. In the thirteenth embodiment, a case where 3-bit data is stored using two memory cell transistors MC will be described. Hereinafter, the description will focus on points different from those of the first to twelfth embodiments.
首先,利用圖81說明有關記憶格電晶體MC的取得的臨界值電壓分佈。圖81是記憶格電晶體MC的臨界值電壓分佈圖。 First, the obtained threshold voltage distribution related to memory cell transistor MC will be described using FIG. 81 . FIG. 81 is a distribution diagram of the threshold voltage of the memory cell transistor MC.
如圖81所示般,各個的記憶格電晶體MC的臨界值電壓是取離散性的例如3個的分佈的任一個中所含的值。亦即,本實施形態的記憶格電晶體MC是可保持3值的資料的1.5bit/Cell。以下,將3個的分佈予以依臨界值電壓低的順序分別記載為“S0”狀態、“S1”狀態及“S2”狀態。 As shown in FIG. 81, the threshold voltage of each memory cell transistor MC takes a value included in any one of discrete, for example, three distributions. That is, the memory cell transistor MC of this embodiment is 1.5bit/Cell capable of holding 3-value data. Hereinafter, the three distributions are respectively described as "S0" state, "S1" state, and "S2" state in order of lower threshold voltage.
“S0”狀態是例如相當於資料的消去狀態。而且“S1”及“S2”狀態是相當於電荷被注入至電荷蓄積層而資料被寫入的狀態。在寫入動作中,將對應於各臨界值電壓分佈的驗證電壓設為V1及V2。於是,該等的電壓值是處於V1<V2<Vread的關係。 The "S0" state is, for example, a state corresponding to data erasure. Furthermore, the "S1" and "S2" states correspond to states in which charges are injected into the charge storage layer and data is written. In the address operation, verify voltages corresponding to the respective threshold voltage distributions are V1 and V2. Therefore, the voltage values are in the relationship of V1<V2<Vread.
另外,對應於各狀態的驗證電壓的設定值與讀出電壓的設定值是可為相同,或亦可為相異。在以下,為了將說明簡略化,針對驗證電壓與讀出電壓為相同的設 定值的情況進行說明。 In addition, the set value of the verification voltage and the set value of the read voltage corresponding to each state may be the same or different. In the following, in order to simplify the description, the verify voltage and the read voltage are set to be the same The situation of fixed value will be explained.
以下,將對應於S1”及“S2”狀態的讀出動作之讀出動作分別記載為讀出動作R1及R2。讀出動作R1是判定記憶格電晶體MC的臨界值電壓是否未滿電壓V1。讀出動作R2是判定記憶格電晶體MC的臨界值電壓是否未滿電壓V2。 Hereinafter, the readout operations corresponding to the readout operations in the states of S1 and S2 are respectively described as readout operations R1 and R2. The readout operation R1 is to determine whether the threshold voltage of the memory cell transistor MC is less than the full voltage V1 The readout operation R2 is to determine whether the threshold voltage of the memory cell transistor MC is less than the full voltage V2.
以下,將對應於讀出動作R1(讀出電壓V1)的資料記載為「V1資料」,將對應於讀出動作R2(讀出電壓V2)的資料記載為「V2資料」。 Hereinafter, the data corresponding to the read operation R1 (read voltage V1) will be described as "V1 data", and the data corresponding to the read operation R2 (read voltage V2) will be described as "V2 data".
如以上般,各記憶格電晶體MC是藉由具有3個的臨界值電壓分佈的任一個,可取3種類的狀態。 As above, each memory cell transistor MC can assume three types of states by having any one of three threshold voltage distributions.
其次,利用圖82說明有關編碼。圖82是表示2個的記憶格電晶體MC所致的資料的分配的表。 Next, the relevant encoding will be described using FIG.82. Fig. 82 is a table showing allocation of data by two memory cell transistors MC.
在本實施形態中,以2個的記憶格電晶體MC作為組合(以下亦記載為「格單元(cell unit)」),保持8值(3位元)的資料。因此,記憶格陣列130是3bit/2Cell(以下亦記載為「D1.5(3值)」)的構成。在以下,將構成格單元的2個的記憶格電晶體MC分別記載為「A格」及「B格」。在本實施形態中,含在第1格區域的記憶格電晶體MC會作為「A格」機能,含在第2格區域的記憶格電晶體MC會作為「B格」機能。並且,將對於複數的格單元一併寫入的資料的單位記載為「區段(section)」。例如,寫入
1個的區段的資料時,區段的大小(資料長)是1個的記憶體群組MG中所含的記憶格電晶體MC的個數的1/2。亦即,區段的大小是物理頁的頁大小的1/2。
In this embodiment, two memory cell transistors MC are used as a combination (hereinafter also referred to as "cell unit") to hold 8-value (3-bit) data. Therefore, the
藉由以2進位制來將格單元的8值的狀態分配成“000”~“111”,格單元可保持3位元的資料。以下,將格單元的3位元的資料分別記載為「格單元的第1位元」、「格單元的第2位元」及「格單元的第3位元」。又,將一併被寫入(被讀出)至記憶體群組MG的格單元的第1位元的集合記載為「第1區段」,將格單元的第2位元的集合記載為「第2區段」,將格單元的第3位元的集合記載為「第3區段」。 By assigning the 8-value state of the cell to "000"~"111" in binary, the cell can hold 3-bit data. Hereinafter, the 3-bit data of a cell is described as "the first bit of the cell", "the second bit of the cell", and "the third bit of the cell". In addition, the set of the first bits of the cells of the memory group MG that are written (read) together is described as "the first sector", and the set of the second bits of the cells is described as "Second field" describes a set of 3rd bits of a cell as "3rd field".
在圖82的例子中,對於“A格/B格”的狀態的組合,如以下所示般,資料被分配成“第1區段(格單元的第1位元)/第2區段(格單元的第2位元)/第3區段(格單元的第3位元)”。 In the example of FIG. 82, for the combination of the state of "A grid/B grid", as shown below, the data is allocated as "the first segment (the first bit of the cell unit)/the second segment ( 2nd bit of cell)/3rd segment (3rd bit of cell)".
“S0/S0”狀態:“111”資料 "S0/S0" status: "111" information
“S0/S1”狀態:“100”資料 "S0/S1" status: "100" data
“S0/S2”狀態:“000”資料 "S0/S2" status: "000" data
“S1/S0”狀態:“110”資料 "S1/S0" status: "110" information
“S1/S1”狀態:“101”資料 "S1/S1" status: "101" data
“S1/S2”狀態:“001”資料 "S1/S2" status: "001" data
“S2/S0”狀態:“010”資料 "S2/S0" status: "010" data
“S2/S1”狀態:“011”資料 "S2/S1" status: "011" data
藉由如此A格與B格的狀態的組合,表示3位 元的狀態。另外,A格/B格=“S2/S2”的情況是定義為不使用。 By the combination of the states of the grid A and the grid B, 3 digits are represented state of the element. In addition, the case where A cell/B cell = "S2/S2" is defined as not used.
第1區段的位元值(格單元的第1位元)是藉由A格(第1格區域)的讀出動作R2(讀出電壓V2)及B格(第2格區域)的讀出動作R2(讀出電壓V2)來確定。A格或B格為“S2”狀態的情況,在第1區段的位元值是被分配“0”。 The bit value of the first section (the first bit of the grid unit) is read by the readout operation R2 (read voltage V2) of grid A (the first grid area) and the read operation of grid B (the second grid area). It is determined by the action R2 (reading voltage V2). In the case that the A cell or the B cell is in the "S2" state, the bit value in the first segment is assigned "0".
第2區段的位元值(格單元的第2位元)是藉由A格(第1格區域)的讀出動作R2(讀出電壓V2)及B格(第2格區域)的讀出動作R1(讀出電壓V1)來確定。A格為“S0”或“S1”狀態,且B格為“S1”或“S2”狀態的情況,在第2區段的位元值是被分配“0”。 The bit value of the second segment (the second bit of the grid unit) is read by the readout operation R2 (read voltage V2) of grid A (the first grid area) and the read operation of grid B (the second grid area). Output action R1 (read voltage V1) to determine. When cell A is in the state of "S0" or "S1" and cell B is in the state of "S1" or "S2", the bit value in the second segment is assigned "0".
第3區段的位元值(格單元的第3位元)是藉由A格(第1格區域)的讀出動作R1(讀出電壓V1)及B格(第2格區域)的讀出動作R1(讀出電壓V1)來確定。A格為“S0”狀態,且B格為“S1”或“S2”狀態的情況,或A格為“S1”或“S2”狀態,且B格為“S0”狀態的情況,在第3區段的位元值是被分配“0”。 The bit value of the third segment (the third bit of the grid unit) is read by the readout operation R1 (read voltage V1) of grid A (the first grid area) and the read operation of grid B (the second grid area). Output action R1 (read voltage V1) to determine. If cell A is in "S0" state and cell B is in "S1" or "S2" state, or cell A is in "S1" or "S2" state and cell B is in "S0" state, The bit value of the segment is assigned "0".
其次,利用圖83來說明有關區段的位元值的算出。圖83是表示針對A格及B格的資料的分配與區段的位元值的關係的圖。在圖83的例子中,以“&”來表示邏輯積運算,以“~”來表示資料的否定。 Next, the calculation of the bit value of the sector will be described using FIG. 83 . Fig. 83 is a diagram showing the relationship between allocation of data for A frame and B frame and bit values of extents. In the example of FIG. 83, "&" represents logical product operation, and "~" represents negation of data.
如圖83所示般,在A格或B格的讀出動作R1 中,當臨界值電壓為讀出電壓V1以上時,分配“0”資料,作為V1資料,當臨界值電壓未滿讀出電壓V1時,分配“1”資料,作為V1資料。又,在A格或B格的讀出動作R2中,當臨界值電壓為讀出電壓V2以上時,分配“0”資料,作為V2資料,當臨界值電壓未滿讀出電壓V2時,分配“1”資料,作為V2資料。於是,各區段的位元值是由以下般的運算所算出。 As shown in Figure 83, the readout action R1 in A grid or B grid In this method, when the threshold voltage is higher than the read voltage V1, a "0" data is assigned as the V1 data, and when the threshold voltage is less than the read voltage V1, a "1" data is assigned as the V1 data. Also, in the readout operation R2 of grid A or grid B, when the threshold voltage is greater than or equal to the readout voltage V2, "0" data is allocated, and as V2 data, when the threshold voltage is less than the readout voltage V2, data is allocated. "1" data, as V2 data. Therefore, the bit value of each segment is calculated by the following operations.
第1區段的位元值是藉由使用讀出電壓V2的A格的讀出結果(V2資料)及使用讀出電壓V2的B格的讀出結果(V2資料)的參照否定排他的邏輯和運算(EXNOR)來算出。 The bit value of the first segment is the logic of negation and exclusion by reference to the read result (V2 data) of grid A using the read voltage V2 and the read result (V2 data) of grid B using the read voltage V2 And operation (EXNOR) to calculate.
第2區段的位元值是藉由使用讀出電壓V2的A格的讀出結果(V2資料)及使用讀出電壓V1的B格的讀出結果(V1資料)的否定的否定邏輯積運算(NAND)的運算來算出。 The bit value of the second segment is the negated logical product of the read result of grid A using the read voltage V2 (V2 data) and the read result of grid B using the read voltage V1 (V1 data) Operation (NAND) operation to calculate.
第3區段的位元值是藉由使用讀出電壓V1的A格的讀出結果(V1資料)及使用讀出電壓V1的B格的讀出結果(V1資料)的參照否定排他的邏輯和運算(EXNOR)來算出。 The bit value of the third sector is the logic of negation and exclusion by reference to the read result (V1 data) of grid A using the read voltage V1 and the read result (V1 data) of grid B using the read voltage V1 And operation (EXNOR) to calculate.
其次,利用圖84及圖85來說明有關邏輯頁位址與物理頁位址的變換動作的一例。圖84是說明邏輯頁位址與物理頁位址的變換動作的流程的圖。圖85是表示邏輯 頁資料對於物理頁的分配的圖。 Next, an example of conversion operations between logical page addresses and physical page addresses will be described with reference to FIG. 84 and FIG. 85 . Fig. 84 is a diagram illustrating the flow of conversion operation between logical page addresses and physical page addresses. Figure 85 is a representation of the logic A graph of page data versus allocation of physical pages.
在本實施形態中,說明有關1個的記憶體群組MG中,將1頁的邏輯頁的資料分配成3個的區段的情況。 In this embodiment, a case will be described in which the data of one logical page is allocated to three sectors in one memory group MG.
如圖84所示般,例如,記憶體控制器200是若從主裝置2接受寫入要求,則對應於接受的1個的邏輯位址“00001”來分配1個的邏輯頁位址“90001”(邏輯第1頁)。
As shown in FIG. 84, for example, when the
指令使用者介面電路121是若從記憶體控制器200接受1頁分的邏輯頁位址及邏輯頁的寫入命令,則按照預先被設定的匹配,將1頁分的邏輯頁位址變換成3個的區段分的物理頁位址。此時,1頁分的邏輯頁的資料長與3個的區段的資料長為相同。
Instruction
將1頁的邏輯頁的頁大小設為m(m是1以上的整數),且將寫入的邏輯頁數(亦即含在命令的邏輯頁位址數)設為a(a是1以上的整數)。又,將1個的記憶體群組MG的物理頁的頁大小設為n(n是比m小的整數),且將區段數(亦即A格與B格的組所能保持的位元數)設為c(c是比a大的整數)。於是,1頁的物理頁的頁大小n是區段的大小(格單元的個數)的2倍,因此以n=m×2a/c來表示。在本實施形態中,由於a=1且c=3,因此物理頁的頁大小是n=m×2/3。例如,當邏輯頁的頁大小為16[kB]時,物理頁的頁大小是n=16×2/3=10.67[kB]。此情況,可實現1頁的物理頁的頁大小n=10.67[kB]的記憶格電晶體MC的個數是成為與將10.67×1024的小數點以下進位後的整數值相同或更大的整 數值。亦即,記憶格電晶體MC的個數是成為與將1頁的物理頁的頁大小的小數點以下進位後的整數值相同或更大的整數值。 The page size of a logical page of 1 page is set to m (m is an integer greater than 1), and the number of logical pages to be written (that is, the number of logical page addresses included in the command) is set to a (a is greater than 1 integer). Also, set the page size of the physical page of one memory group MG as n (n is an integer smaller than m), and set the number of sectors (that is, the bits that can be held by the group of A grid and B grid) arity) is set to c (c is an integer greater than a). Therefore, since the page size n of one physical page is twice the size of the extent (the number of cells), it is represented by n=m×2a/c. In this embodiment, since a=1 and c=3, the page size of a physical page is n=m×2/3. For example, when the page size of the logical page is 16[kB], the page size of the physical page is n=16×2/3=10.67[kB]. In this case, the number of memory cell transistors MC that can realize the page size n=10.67[kB] of one physical page is an integer equal to or greater than the integer value rounded up from the decimal point of 10.67×1024 value. That is, the number of memory cell transistors MC is an integer value equal to or greater than an integer value obtained by rounding up the decimal point of the page size of one physical page.
其次,詳述有關1個的記憶體群組MG的邏輯頁資料的配置。 Next, the arrangement of the logical page data of one memory group MG will be described in detail.
如圖85所示般,將邏輯第1頁的資料予以3分割,從前頭資料設為第1群集~第3群集。例如,記憶體100是在第1區段寫入第1群集的資料,在第2區段寫入第2群集的資料,在第3區段寫入第3群集的資料。在本實施形態中,第1區段的資料是相當於邏輯第1頁的第1群集的資料,第2區段的資料是相當於邏輯第1頁的第2群集的資料,第3區段的資料是相當於邏輯第1頁的第3群集的資料。
As shown in Fig. 85, the data on the first logical page is divided into three, and the first data is set as the first cluster to the third cluster. For example, the
其次,簡略說明有關感測放大器132及頁緩衝器133的構成。本實施形態的記憶格陣列130是將第1格區域的A格與第2格區域的B格設為組合的3bit/2Cell的構成。因此,感測放大器132及頁緩衝器133的構成是如利用圖69在第9實施形態的第1例所說明般,感測放大器單元SAU1與SAU2被交替地配置的構成為理想。這是因為在運算A格及B格的資料時,對應的感測電路SA及鎖存電路XDL、ADL及BDL等物理性地接近的配置較可容易地設計。
Next, the structure of the
其次,說明有關讀出動作。在本實施形態的讀出動作中,記憶體100是若從記憶體控制器200接受根據邏輯頁的讀出命令,則從對應的複數的物理頁讀出資料,運算讀出的資料來算出區段之後,將區段合成而作為邏輯頁的資料輸出。
Next, the reading operation will be described. In the read operation of this embodiment, when the
首先,利用圖86及圖87來說明有關記憶體100的讀出動作的流程。圖86及圖87是讀出動作的流程圖。
First, the flow of the read operation of the
如圖86及圖87所示般,記憶體100是從記憶體控制器200接受邏輯第1頁的讀出命令(步驟S1)。指令使用者介面電路121是將邏輯頁位址變換成物理頁位址之後,將接受的指令及變換後的物理頁位址發送至定序器123。
As shown in FIG. 86 and FIG. 87, the
定序器123是首先實行對應於讀出電壓V2的讀出動作R2(步驟S90)。
The
定序器123是將感測電路SA1及SA2所讀出的資料(V2資料)分別轉送至鎖存電路BDL1及BDL2(步驟S91)。
The
定序器123是進行使用鎖存電路BDL1的資料(A格的V2資料)及鎖存電路BDL2的資料(B格的V2資料)之運算處理,算出第1區段的資料(邏輯第1頁的第1群集的資
料)(步驟S92)。
定序器123是將算出的第1區段的資料轉送至鎖存電路XDL1(步驟S93)。
The
定序器123是實行對應於讀出電壓V1的讀出動作R1(步驟S94)。
The
定序器123是將感測電路SA1及SA2所讀出的資料(V1資料)分別轉送至鎖存電路ADL1及ADL2(步驟S95)。
The
定序器123是進行使用鎖存電路BDL1的資料(A格的V2資料)及鎖存電路ADL2的資料(B格的V1資料)之運算處理,算出第2區段的資料(邏輯第1頁的第2群集的資料)(步驟S96)。
定序器123是將算出的第2區段的資料轉送至鎖存電路XDL2(步驟S97)。
The
定序器123是進行使用鎖存電路ADL1的資料(A格的V1資料)及鎖存電路ADL2的資料(B格的V1資料)之運算處理,算出第3區段的資料(邏輯第1頁的第3群集的資料)(步驟S98)。
The
定序器123是將算出的第3區段的資料轉送至鎖存電路BDL1(步驟S99)。
The
定序器123是在列計數器125中,設定鎖存電路XDL1的前頭位址,作為列位址CA(步驟S100)。串列存取控制器126是根據在列計數器125計數的列位址CA,從鎖存電路XDL1的前頭位址依序接收資料,轉送至輸出入
電路110。輸出入電路110是開始發送(輸出)鎖存電路XDL1的資料(邏輯第1頁的第1群集的資料)至記憶體控制器200。
The
定序器123是當鎖存電路XDL1的資料輸出未結束時(步驟S101_No),至輸出結束為止,重複資料輸出的確認動作。
When the data output of the latch circuit XDL1 is not completed (step S101_No), the
若鎖存電路XDL1的資料輸出結束(步驟S101_Yes),則定序器123是將鎖存電路BDL1的資料轉送至鎖存電路XDL1(步驟S102)。又,若鎖存電路XDL1的資料的輸出結束,則接著開始鎖存電路XDL2的資料(邏輯第1頁的第2群集的資料)的輸出。
If the data output of the latch circuit XDL1 is finished (step S101_Yes), the
定序器123是當鎖存電路XDL2的資料輸出未結束時(步驟S103_No),至輸出結束為止,重複資料輸出的確認動作。
When the data output of the latch circuit XDL2 is not completed (step S103_No), the
若鎖存電路XDL2的資料輸出結束(步驟S103_Yes),則在列計數器125中,設定鎖存電路XDL1的前頭位址,作為列位址CA(步驟S104)。串列存取控制器126是根據在列計數器125計數的列位址CA,從鎖存電路XDL1的前頭位址依序接收資料,轉送至輸出入電路110。輸出入電路110是開始發送(輸出)鎖存電路XDL1的資料(邏輯第1頁的第3群集的資料)至記憶體控制器200。定序器123是若鎖存電路XDL1的資料輸出結束,則結束邏輯第1頁的讀出動作。另外,讀出動作R2結束後,實行讀出動作R1的期間,由於第1區段的資料確定,因此記憶體100是亦
可將外部RBn訊號設為“H”位準,輸出資料。
If the data output of the latch circuit XDL2 is completed (step S103_Yes), the head address of the latch circuit XDL1 is set in the
其次,利用圖88來說明有關讀出動作的命令順序的一例。圖88是邏輯第1頁的讀出動作的命令順序。在圖88的例子中,為了使說明簡略化,訊號CEn、CLE、ALE、WEn及REn是被省略。又,圖88的例子中,指令的一部分及位址也被省略。進一步,在圖88的例子中,一併顯示內部RBn訊號為忙碌狀態時的選擇字元線WL的電壓。 Next, an example of the command sequence related to the read operation will be described using FIG. 88 . Fig. 88 shows the command sequence of the read operation of the first logical page. In the example of FIG. 88, the signals CEn, CLE, ALE, WEn, and REn are omitted for simplicity of description. Also, in the example of FIG. 88, part of the command and the address are omitted. Further, in the example of FIG. 88, the voltage of the selected word line WL when the internal RBn signal is in the busy state is also displayed.
如圖88所示般,定序器123是若接收指令“30h”,則回應於此,開始讀出動作。首先,定序器123是將內部RBn訊號及外部RBn訊號設為表示忙碌狀態的“L”位準。其次,定序器123是實行讀出動作R2。亦即,讀出電壓V2會被施加於選擇字元線WL。讀出資料的結果(V2資料)是被儲存於鎖存電路BDL1(對應於A格)及BDL2(對應於B格)。
As shown in FIG. 88, when the
定序器123是讀出動作R2結束後,實行讀出動作R1。亦即,讀出電壓V1會被施加於選擇字元線WL。讀出資料的結果(V1資料)是被儲存於鎖存電路ADL1(對應於A格)及ADL2(對應於B格)。
The
在實行讀出動作R1的期間,定序器123是進行使用鎖存電路BDL1的資料及鎖存電路BDL2的資料之運算處理,算出第1區段的資料。算出的資料是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL1。
While the read operation R1 is being executed, the
定序器123是若讀出動作R1結束,則將內部RBn訊號及外部RBn訊號設為顯示預備狀態的“H”位準。又,定序器123是進行使用鎖存電路BDL1的資料及鎖存電路ADL2的資料之運算處理,算出第2區段的資料。算出的資料是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL2。
The
記憶體控制器200是若接收“H”位準的外部RBn訊號,則將訊號REn(未圖示)發送至記憶體100。輸出入電路110是按照訊號REn,開始資料的輸出。首先,輸出入電路110是輸出鎖存電路XDL1的資料(邏輯第1頁的第1群集的資料)。
The
在鎖存電路XDL1的資料被輸出的期間,定序器123是進行使用鎖存電路ADL1的資料及鎖存電路ADL2的資料之運算處理,算出第3區段的資料。算出的資料是被儲存於鎖存電路BDL1。
While the data of the latch circuit XDL1 is being output, the
若鎖存電路XDL1的資料輸出結束,則鎖存電路BDL1的資料會被轉送至鎖存電路XDL1。輸出入電路110是接續於鎖存電路XDL1,輸出鎖存電路XDL2的資料(邏輯第1頁的第2群集的資料)。進一步,輸出入電路110是接續於鎖存電路XDL2,輸出鎖存電路XDL1的資料(邏輯第1頁的第3群集的資料)。若鎖存電路XDL1的資料結束,則邏輯第1頁的讀出動作結束。
When the data output of the latch circuit XDL1 is finished, the data of the latch circuit BDL1 will be transferred to the latch circuit XDL1. The I/
另外,施加讀出電壓V1及V2的順序是亦可更換。並且,在將第3區段的資料儲存於鎖存電路BDL1之前,鎖存電路XDL2的資料輸出為結束的情況,定序器123
是亦可一旦將外部RBn訊號設為“L”位準,中斷資料輸出。另外,讀出動作R2結束後,實行讀出動作R1的期間,由於第1區段的資料確定,因此記憶體100是亦可將外部RBn訊號設為“H”位準,輸出資料。
In addition, the order of applying the read voltages V1 and V2 can also be changed. In addition, when the output of the data from the latch circuit XDL2 is completed before the data of the third sector is stored in the latch circuit BDL1, the
其次,說明有關寫入動作。在本實施形態中,實行第1~第3區段的資料一併被寫入至記憶體群組MG的全順序寫入動作。亦即,在本實施形態的全順序寫入動作中,實行“S1”及“S2”狀態的寫入。 Next, the writing operation will be described. In this embodiment, a full sequential write operation in which the data of the first to third sectors are collectively written into the memory group MG is performed. That is, in the full sequential writing operation of this embodiment, writing in the "S1" and "S2" states is performed.
其次,利用圖89及圖90來說明有關記憶體100的寫入動作的流程。圖89及圖90是寫入動作的流程圖。
Next, the flow of the write operation in the
如圖89及圖90所示般,記憶體100是在寫入命令的接受中,從記憶體控制器200接收邏輯第1頁的邏輯頁位址(步驟S280)。指令使用者介面電路121是將邏輯第1頁的邏輯頁位址變換成物理頁位址。
As shown in FIGS. 89 and 90 , the
定序器123是在列計數器125中,設定鎖存電路XDL1的前頭位址,作為列位址CA(步驟S281)。
The
在頁緩衝器133中,根據從列計數器125接收的列位址CA,開始對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第1頁的第1群集的資料輸入(步驟S282)。
In the
定序器123是對鎖存電路XDL1的資料輸入未結束時(步驟S283_No),至輸入結束為止,重複資料輸入的確認動作。
When the data input to the latch circuit XDL1 is not completed (step S283_No), the
若對鎖存電路XDL1的資料輸入結束(步驟S283_Yes),則定序器123是將鎖存電路XDL1的資料轉送至鎖存電路BDL1(步驟S284)。又,若對鎖存電路XDL1的資料輸入結束,則接著開始對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第1頁的第2群集的資料輸入。另外,步驟S283_Yes的情況,亦可接著開始對鎖存電路XDL2的邏輯第1頁的第2群集的資料輸入,在其資料輸入的期間,定序器123實行步驟S284。
If the data input to the latch circuit XDL1 is completed (step S283_Yes), the
定序器123是對鎖存電路XDL2的資料輸入未結束時(步驟S285_No),至輸入結束為止,重複資料輸入的確認動作。
When the data input to the latch circuit XDL2 is not completed (step S285_No), the
若對鎖存電路XDL2的資料輸入結束(步驟S285_Yes),則定序器123是將鎖存電路XDL2的資料轉送至鎖存電路BDL2(步驟S286)。
If the data input to the latch circuit XDL2 is completed (step S285_Yes), the
定序器123是在列計數器125中,設定鎖存電路XDL1的前頭位址,作為列位址CA(步驟S287)。在頁緩衝器133中,根據從列計數器125接收的列位址CA,開始對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第1頁的第3群集的資料輸入。另外,步驟S285_Yes的情況,亦可接著開始對鎖存電路XDL1的邏輯第1頁的第3群集的資料輸入,在其資料輸入的期間,定序器123實行步驟S286。
The
定序器123是對鎖存電路XDL1的資料輸入未結束時(步驟S288_No),至輸入結束為止,重複資料輸入的確認動作。 When the data input to the latch circuit XDL1 is not completed by the sequencer 123 (step S288_No), the confirmation operation of the data input is repeated until the input is completed.
若對鎖存電路XDL1的資料輸入結束(步驟S288_Yes),則對鎖存電路XDL1及XDL2的邏輯第1頁的資料輸入結束。定序器123是將外部RBn訊號及內部RBn訊號設為“L”位準。
When the data input to the latch circuit XDL1 is completed (step S288_Yes), the data input to the logical first page of the latch circuits XDL1 and XDL2 is completed. The
定序器123是運算鎖存電路BDL1、BDL2及XDL1的資料,亦即第1區段、第2區段及第3區段的資料,算出A格及B格的V1資料(步驟S289)。被算出的A格及B格的V1資料是分別被轉送至鎖存電路ADL1及ADL2(步驟S290)。
The
定序器123是運算鎖存電路BDL1、BDL2及XDL1的資料,亦即第1區段、第2區段及第3區段的資料,而算出A格及B格的V2資料(步驟S291)。被算出的A格及B格的V2資料是分別被轉送至鎖存電路XDL1及XDL2(步驟S292)。此時,在鎖存電路XDL1是儲存有第3區段的資料,但A格的V2資料亦可被覆蓋。定序器123是根據鎖存電路ADL1、ADL2、XDL1及XDL2的資料的組合來決定各記憶格電晶體MC的狀態。
The
定序器123是根據被決定的狀態,實行程式動作(步驟S293)。
The
程式動作結束後,定序器123是實行程式驗證動作(步驟S294)。
After the program operation is completed, the
未通過驗證時(步驟S295_No),定序器123是確認程式循環次數是否到達預先被設定的上限次數(步驟S296)。
If the verification is not passed (step S295_No), the
程式循環次數未到達上限次數時(步驟S296_No),定序器123是實行程式動作(步驟S293)。亦即,定序器123是重複程式循環。
When the number of program loops does not reach the upper limit (step S296_No), the
程式循環次數到達上限次數時(步驟S296_Yes),定序器123是結束寫入動作,將寫入動作未正常結束的意旨報告記憶體控制器200。
When the number of program loops reaches the upper limit (step S296_Yes), the
通過驗證時(步驟S295_Yes),亦即若“S1”及“S2”狀態的寫入結束,定序器123是將外部RBn訊號設為“H”位準,結束全順序寫入動作。
When the verification is passed (step S295_Yes), that is, if the writing of the “S1” and “S2” states ends, the
其次,利用圖91來說明有關寫入動作的命令順序的一例。圖91是全順序寫入動作的命令順序。在圖91的例子中,為了使說明簡略化,訊號CEn、CLE、ALE、WEn及REn是被省略。 Next, an example of the command sequence related to the write operation will be described using FIG. 91 . Fig. 91 shows the command sequence of the full sequential write operation. In the example of FIG. 91 , the signals CEn, CLE, ALE, WEn, and REn are omitted for simplicity of description.
如圖91所示般,首先,記憶體控制器200是將指令“80h”發送至記憶體100。其次,記憶體控制器200是發送邏輯第1頁的邏輯頁位址“AD-P1”。在記憶體100中,指令使用者介面電路121是將接收的邏輯頁位址“AD-P1”變換成物理頁位址。其次,記憶體控制器200是將邏輯第1頁的資料發送至記憶體100。邏輯第1頁的第1群集是被
儲存於鎖存電路XDL1之後,被轉送至鎖存電路BDL1。其次,邏輯第1頁的第2群集是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL2之後,被轉送至鎖存電路BDL2。邏輯第1頁的第3群集是被儲存於鎖存電路XDL1。
As shown in FIG. 91 , first, the
其次,記憶體控制器200是將指令“10h”發送至記憶體100。
Secondly, the
定序器123是若接收指令“10h”,則將內部RBn訊號及外部RBn訊號設為“L”位準。
The
定序器123是根據被儲存於鎖存電路BDL1、BDL2及XDL1的資料來進行V1資料的運算,將其結果儲存於鎖存電路ADL1及ADL2。又,定序器123是根據被儲存於鎖存電路BDL1、BDL2及XDL1的資料,進行V2資料的運算,將其結果儲存於鎖存電路XDL1及XDL2。定序器123是根據鎖存電路ADL1、ADL2、XDL1及XDL2的資料的組合,決定各記憶格電晶體MC的狀態,實行寫入動作。定序器123是寫入動作結束後,將內部RBn訊號及外部RBn訊號設為“H”位準。
The
若為本實施形態的構成,則可取得與第1實施形態同樣的效果。 According to the structure of this embodiment, the same effect as that of the first embodiment can be obtained.
例如,記憶體100是有具有多值(2~4bit/Cell)的記憶體區域及高速高可靠度用的記憶體區域的情況。例如,高速高可靠度用的記憶體區域是為了存取高
速化或資料的高可靠度化而使用,作為2值(1bit/Cell)記憶資料。雖亦可將第1~第12實施形態的高速高可靠度記憶體區域設為2值(1bit/Cell),但由於多值的記憶體區域的物理頁的頁大小是比邏輯頁的大小更小,因此高速高可靠度記憶體區域的邏輯頁會變小。此情況,亦可將第1~第12實施形態適用於多值的記憶體區域,將本實施形態適用於高速/高可靠度記憶體區域。藉此,可將多值的記憶體區域的邏輯頁的頁大小與高速/高可靠度記憶體區域的邏輯頁的頁大小設為相同。
For example, the
另外,有關以2格3值來記憶3位元的資料的分配是例如被記載於“半導體記憶體(SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY)”的2018年9月6日申請的美國專利申請案16/123,162號。此專利申請案是其全體在本案說明書中參照援用。 In addition, the allocation of 3-bit data stored in 2 grids and 3 values is, for example, described in US Patent Application No. 16/123, No. 162 filed on September 6, 2018 in "Semiconductor Memory (SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY)" . This patent application is its entirety used by reference in this case description.
又,在本實施形態中,說明有關記憶格電晶體MC是用3值2格(1.5bit/Cell)來保持3位元的資料的情況,但不被限定於此。例如,記憶格電晶體MC是亦可用6值2格(2.5bit/Cell)來保持5位元的資料,或亦可用12值2格(3.5bit/Cell)來保持7位元的資料,或亦可用23值或24值2格(4.5bit/Cell)來保持9位元的資料。
In addition, in this embodiment, the case where the memory cell transistor MC holds 3-bit data by 3-value 2-cell (1.5 bit/Cell) is described, but it is not limited to this. For example, the memory grid transistor MC can also use 6-
上述實施形態的半導體記憶體是包含:記憶體群組(MG),其係含有可在3個以上的 複數狀態保持複數位元的資料之複數的記憶格(MC);字元線(WL),其係被連接至複數的記憶格;及第1電路(121),其係將從外部控制器(200)接收的1個的外部位址(邏輯頁位址)變換成複數的內部位址(物理頁位址)。 The semiconductor memory of the above-mentioned embodiment is to comprise: memory group (MG), and it is to contain the memory group (MG) that can be more than 3 A plurality of memory cells (MC) that hold data of a plurality of bits in a plurality of states; word lines (WL), which are connected to the plurality of memory cells; 200) The received one external address (logical page address) is converted into a plurality of internal addresses (physical page address).
記憶體群組所能保持的頁資料(物理頁的資料)的第1頁大小,係比對應於外部位址的輸入資料(邏輯頁的資料)的第2頁大小更小。 The size of the first page of the page data (data of the physical page) that the memory group can hold is smaller than the size of the second page of the input data (data of the logical page) corresponding to the external address.
藉由適用上述實施形態,可提供一種可抑制晶片面積的增加的半導體記憶體。 By applying the above-described embodiments, it is possible to provide a semiconductor memory capable of suppressing an increase in chip area.
另外,實施形態是不被限定於上述說明的形態,可為各種的變形。 In addition, embodiment is not limited to the form demonstrated above, Various deformation|transformation is possible.
例如,在各編碼中,亦可使“0”資料與“1”資料反轉。 For example, in each code, "0" data and "1" data may be reversed.
例如,在上述第1~第12實施形態中,說明記憶格電晶體MC為2~4bit/Cell的例子,但不被限定於此。例如,記憶格電晶體MC是亦可為5bit/Cell。又,記憶格電晶體MC是亦可用6值2格(2.5bit/Cell)來保持5位元的資料,或亦可用12值2格(3.5bit/Cell)來保持7位元的資料,或亦可用23值或24值2格(4.5bit/Cell)來保持9位元的資料。
For example, in the above-mentioned first to twelfth embodiments, an example in which the memory cell transistor MC is 2 to 4 bits/Cell is described, but the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, the memory cell transistor MC can also be 5bit/Cell. Also, the memory grid transistor MC can also use 6-value 2-grid (2.5bit/Cell) to keep 5-bit data, or can also use 12-value 2-grid (3.5bit/Cell) to keep 7-bit data, or 23-value or 24-
例如,記憶體100是不被限定於NAND型快閃記憶體。記憶體100是只要在記憶格陣列的位址空間內只
選擇一部分的字元線的位址來進行讀出動作或寫入動作的非揮發性記憶體即可。例如,記憶體100是例如亦可為PCM(Phase Change Memory)、MRAM(Magnetoresistive Random Access Memory)、FeRAM(Ferroelectric Random Access Memory)。
For example, the
並且,在上述第1~第12實施形態中,以1次的寫入動作來寫入至8值或16值的狀態,但為了抑制鄰接格的影響,亦可例如以2次的寫入步驟來寫入。此情況,鄰接格的影響大時,第1字元線(WLn)的第1頁的寫入動作後,實行旁邊的第2字元線(WLn+1)的第1頁的寫入動作,然後進行第1字元線(WLn)的第2頁的寫入動作。例如,第10實施例的情況,如圖92所示般,在邏輯第1頁的寫入動作時,第1格區域的記憶格電晶體MC是藉由往Lower頁的邏輯第1頁的第1群集及往Middle頁的邏輯第1頁的第3群集的寫入資料,被寫入成狀態S0、S2、S4或S6。另一方面,第2格區域的記憶格電晶體MC是藉由對Lower頁的邏輯第1頁的第2群集的寫入資料,被寫入成狀態S0或S2。另外,邏輯第1頁的寫入動作的狀態是亦可比邏輯第2頁的寫入動作的狀態更降低。又,亦可比邏輯第2頁的寫入動作的升高(step up)電壓量更擴大邏輯第1頁的寫入動作的升高電壓量。然後,在邏輯第2頁的寫入動作時,藉由內部讀出動作,讀出以邏輯第1頁的寫入動作來寫入的資料,第1格區域的記憶格電晶體MC是藉由對Upper頁的邏輯第2頁的第2群集的寫入資料,被寫入成狀態S0的情況,被寫入成狀態
S0或S1,被寫入成狀態S2的情況,被寫入成狀態S2或S3,被寫入成狀態S4的情況,被寫入成狀態S4或S5,被寫入成狀態S6的情況,被寫入成狀態S6或S7。第2格區域的記憶格電晶體MC是藉由往Middle頁的邏輯第2頁的第1群集及往Upper頁的邏輯第2頁的第3群集的寫入資料,被寫入成狀態S0的情況,被寫入成狀態S0、S1、S4或S5,被寫入成狀態S2的情況,被寫入成狀態S2、S3、S6或S7。另外,若在邏輯第2頁的寫入動作之前、邏輯第1頁的寫入動作後進行讀出動作,則由於未被寫入成邏輯第2頁的寫入動作之後的Vth分佈,因此成為錯誤的資料。因此,亦可另設此時的讀出指令,或每頁準備旗標格,改變讀出位準。
In addition, in the above-mentioned first to twelfth embodiments, the 8-value or 16-value state is written in one write operation, but in order to suppress the influence of adjacent cells, for example, two write steps may be used. to write. In this case, when the influence of the adjacent cells is large, after the writing operation of the first page of the first word line (WLn), the writing operation of the first page of the adjacent second word line (WLn+1) is performed, Then, the write operation of the second page on the first word line (WLn) is performed. For example, in the case of the tenth embodiment, as shown in FIG. 92 , during the writing operation of the first logical page, the memory cell transistor MC in the first cell area is transferred to the first logical page of the Lower page.
例如,上述實施形態是可儘可能組合。 For example, the above-mentioned embodiments can be combined as much as possible.
而且,上述實施形態的所謂的「連接」是亦包含使例如電晶體或電阻等其他的某些介於之間而間接性地連接的狀態。 In addition, the so-called "connection" in the above-mentioned embodiments also includes a state of being indirectly connected with something else such as a transistor or a resistor.
實施形態是舉例說明者,發明的範圍是不被限定於該等。 The embodiments are illustrative, and the scope of the invention is not limited thereto.
Claims (7)
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2020-192523 | 2020-11-19 | ||
| JP2020192523 | 2020-11-19 | ||
| JP2020-214800 | 2020-12-24 | ||
| JP2020214800 | 2020-12-24 |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| TW202234408A TW202234408A (en) | 2022-09-01 |
| TWI795819B true TWI795819B (en) | 2023-03-11 |
Family
ID=81799595
Family Applications (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| TW110123125A TWI795819B (en) | 2020-11-19 | 2021-09-07 | semiconductor memory, non-volatile memory |
| TW112104507A TWI833575B (en) | 2020-11-19 | 2021-09-07 | Semiconductor memory, non-volatile memory |
Family Applications After (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| TW112104507A TWI833575B (en) | 2020-11-19 | 2021-09-07 | Semiconductor memory, non-volatile memory |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (1) | JP2022081399A (en) |
| TW (2) | TWI795819B (en) |
Families Citing this family (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN119816896A (en) * | 2022-12-08 | 2025-04-11 | 铠侠股份有限公司 | Semiconductor storage device |
| US12254949B2 (en) | 2023-05-09 | 2025-03-18 | Macronix International Co., Ltd. | Memory device |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US8180954B2 (en) * | 2008-04-15 | 2012-05-15 | SMART Storage Systems, Inc. | Flash management using logical page size |
| US20140089729A1 (en) * | 2012-09-24 | 2014-03-27 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Storage system and storage control method |
| TWI602184B (en) * | 2012-08-08 | 2017-10-11 | 三星電子股份有限公司 | Programming method for nonvolatile memory, data management method for memory system, data management method for nonvolatile memory, memory system, and controller for memory system |
| US20200303018A1 (en) * | 2019-03-18 | 2020-09-24 | Kioxia Corporation | Memory system and nonvolatile memory |
Family Cites Families (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US11099781B2 (en) * | 2018-07-19 | 2021-08-24 | Silicon Motion, Inc. | Flash memory controller, flash memory module and associated electronic device |
| US10943651B2 (en) * | 2018-08-03 | 2021-03-09 | Toshiba Memory Corporation | Semiconductor memory device, memory system, and write method |
| US10734071B2 (en) * | 2018-12-13 | 2020-08-04 | Western Digital Technologies, Inc. | Multi-level cell programming using optimized multiphase mapping with balanced Gray code |
| JP2020095767A (en) * | 2018-12-13 | 2020-06-18 | キオクシア株式会社 | Semiconductor memory device |
-
2021
- 2021-08-26 JP JP2021138120A patent/JP2022081399A/en active Pending
- 2021-09-07 TW TW110123125A patent/TWI795819B/en active
- 2021-09-07 TW TW112104507A patent/TWI833575B/en active
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US8180954B2 (en) * | 2008-04-15 | 2012-05-15 | SMART Storage Systems, Inc. | Flash management using logical page size |
| TWI602184B (en) * | 2012-08-08 | 2017-10-11 | 三星電子股份有限公司 | Programming method for nonvolatile memory, data management method for memory system, data management method for nonvolatile memory, memory system, and controller for memory system |
| US20140089729A1 (en) * | 2012-09-24 | 2014-03-27 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Storage system and storage control method |
| US20200303018A1 (en) * | 2019-03-18 | 2020-09-24 | Kioxia Corporation | Memory system and nonvolatile memory |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| JP2022081399A (en) | 2022-05-31 |
| TWI833575B (en) | 2024-02-21 |
| TW202234408A (en) | 2022-09-01 |
| TW202324422A (en) | 2023-06-16 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US9595566B2 (en) | Floating staircase word lines and process in a 3D non-volatile memory having vertical bit lines | |
| US8964468B2 (en) | Data storage system having multi-bit memory device and operating method thereof | |
| US9104556B2 (en) | Update block programming order | |
| CN114551460A (en) | Semiconductor memory and nonvolatile memory | |
| JP2008257773A (en) | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device, control method of nonvolatile semiconductor memory device, nonvolatile semiconductor memory system, and memory card | |
| US11682460B2 (en) | Non-volatile memory device, storage device and program method thereof | |
| TWI688896B (en) | Memory system including semiconductor memory device and operating method thereof | |
| CN113272902B (en) | Program and read operations using different gray codes and memory devices for performing such operations | |
| US8441862B2 (en) | Program method of multi-bit memory device and data storage system using the same | |
| TWI795819B (en) | semiconductor memory, non-volatile memory | |
| US12237022B2 (en) | Semiconductor device for improving retention performance and operating method thereof | |
| US20250087264A1 (en) | Nonvolatile memory device, storage device having the same, and operating method thereof | |
| US11837290B2 (en) | Nonvolatile memory device and operation method thereof | |
| CN112786092B (en) | Memory device and method of operating the same | |
| CN115497547A (en) | Word Line Partition Adaptive Initial Programming Voltage for Nonvolatile Memory | |
| JP5204069B2 (en) | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device | |
| US12334155B2 (en) | Non-volatile memory device, storage device including the same, and read method thereof | |
| CN113345489B (en) | Memory and operation method thereof | |
| US11676668B2 (en) | Responding to changes in available power supply | |
| US12073887B2 (en) | Semiconductor device performing block program and operating method thereof | |
| US12112814B2 (en) | Open block boundary group programming for non-volatile memory | |
| CN119256361A (en) | Programming method of memory device, memory device and memory system | |
| KR20230068949A (en) | Nonvolatile memory device, storage device having the same, and operating method thereof | |
| JP2008234714A (en) | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device write control method and memory system |